1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
70 #include "dummy-frame.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "python/python.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
122 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
140 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
143 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
144 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
149 struct symtab_and_line
,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
153 static struct breakpoint
*
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
165 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
166 struct obj_section
*, int);
168 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
170 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
173 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
174 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
177 struct address_space
*aspace
,
180 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
185 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
187 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193 static void condition_command (char *, int);
202 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
203 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
205 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
207 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
217 int *other_type_used
);
219 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
226 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
236 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
239 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
240 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
241 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
243 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
245 static void update_global_location_list (int);
247 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
249 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
251 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
253 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
255 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
257 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
259 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
261 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
263 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
265 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
267 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
269 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
271 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
274 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
276 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
278 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
280 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
281 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
282 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
283 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
285 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
286 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
288 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
291 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
294 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
296 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
298 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
299 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
301 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
305 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
306 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
307 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
308 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
309 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
311 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
312 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
313 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
314 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
320 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
322 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
323 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
324 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
325 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
327 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
329 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
330 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
331 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
332 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
333 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
334 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
335 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
337 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
339 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
341 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
343 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
344 breakpoints share a single command list. */
345 struct counted_command_line
347 /* The reference count. */
350 /* The command list. */
351 struct command_line
*commands
;
354 struct command_line
*
355 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
357 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
360 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
361 current breakpoint. */
363 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
366 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
368 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
369 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
371 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
373 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
376 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
377 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
378 if such is available. */
379 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
382 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
383 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
386 fprintf_filtered (file
,
387 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
388 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
392 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
393 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
394 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
396 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
398 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
399 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
402 fprintf_filtered (file
,
403 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
404 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
408 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
409 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
410 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
411 use hardware breakpoints. */
412 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
414 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
415 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
418 fprintf_filtered (file
,
419 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
423 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
424 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
425 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
426 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
427 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
429 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
432 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
433 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
435 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
436 fprintf_filtered (file
,
437 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
438 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
440 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
442 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
447 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
449 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
450 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
453 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
455 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
456 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
457 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
459 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
460 condition_evaluation_auto
,
461 condition_evaluation_host
,
462 condition_evaluation_target
,
466 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
467 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
469 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
470 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
471 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
473 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
474 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
475 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
479 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
481 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
483 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
484 return condition_evaluation_target
;
486 return condition_evaluation_host
;
492 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
495 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
497 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
500 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
504 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
506 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
508 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
511 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
513 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
514 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
516 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
517 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
519 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
520 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
522 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
524 current breakpoint. */
526 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
530 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
533 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
534 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
535 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
537 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
538 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
539 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
542 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
543 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
544 to where the loop should start from.
545 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
546 appropriate location to start with. */
548 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
549 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
550 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
552 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
553 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
556 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
558 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
559 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
560 if (is_tracepoint (B))
562 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
564 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
566 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
568 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
570 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
572 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
574 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
575 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
576 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
577 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
578 an address you need to read. */
580 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
582 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
583 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
584 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
585 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
586 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
588 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
590 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
591 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
593 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
595 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
597 static int breakpoint_count
;
599 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
600 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
601 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
602 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
603 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
605 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
607 static int tracepoint_count
;
609 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
610 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
611 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
613 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
615 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
617 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
620 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
623 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
625 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
626 breakpoint_count
= num
;
627 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
630 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
631 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
632 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
634 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
638 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
640 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
643 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
647 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
649 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
652 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
655 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
657 struct breakpoint
*b
;
663 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
664 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
666 static struct counted_command_line
*
667 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
669 struct counted_command_line
*result
670 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
673 result
->commands
= commands
;
677 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
680 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
686 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
687 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
688 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
691 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
695 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
697 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
704 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
707 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
709 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
712 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
715 static struct cleanup
*
716 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
718 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
722 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
723 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
726 get_breakpoint (int num
)
728 struct breakpoint
*b
;
731 if (b
->number
== num
)
739 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
740 evaluating conditions on its side. */
743 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
745 struct bp_location
*loc
;
747 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
748 evaluating conditions and if the user has
749 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
751 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
752 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
755 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
758 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
759 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
762 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
763 evaluating conditions on its side. */
766 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
768 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
769 evaluating conditions and if the user has
770 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
772 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
773 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
777 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
780 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
783 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
784 condition_evaluation_mode. */
787 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
788 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
790 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
792 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
793 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
795 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
796 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
797 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
801 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
802 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
804 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
805 settings was "auto". */
806 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
808 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
809 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
811 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
812 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
813 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
815 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
816 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
819 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
821 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
823 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
824 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
828 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
829 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
830 target knows about. */
831 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
832 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
833 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
837 update_global_location_list (1);
843 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
844 what "auto" is translating to. */
847 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
848 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
850 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
851 fprintf_filtered (file
,
852 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
853 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
855 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
857 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
861 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
862 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
863 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
866 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
868 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
869 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
871 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
874 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
877 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
878 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
879 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
882 static struct bp_location
**
883 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
885 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
886 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
887 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
889 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
890 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
891 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
893 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
894 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
895 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
896 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
898 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
899 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
902 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
903 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
904 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
905 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
912 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
915 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
916 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
918 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
920 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
927 struct bp_location
*loc
;
929 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
934 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
935 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
936 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
943 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
947 const char *arg
= exp
;
949 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
950 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
951 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
952 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
954 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
956 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
958 innermost_block
= NULL
;
960 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
962 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
963 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
967 struct bp_location
*loc
;
969 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
973 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
974 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
976 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
980 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
982 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
985 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
987 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
988 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
989 const char *text
, const char *word
)
993 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
994 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
998 struct breakpoint
*b
;
999 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1003 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1004 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1006 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1009 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1010 len
= strlen (text
);
1016 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1018 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1019 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1025 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1026 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1027 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1030 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1033 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1035 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1040 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1043 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1045 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1048 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1050 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1051 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1052 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1053 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1055 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1056 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1057 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1058 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1060 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1061 update_global_location_list (1);
1066 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1069 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1070 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1071 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1074 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1076 struct command_line
*c
;
1078 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1082 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1083 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1084 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1086 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1087 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1089 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1090 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1091 command directly. */
1092 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1093 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1095 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1096 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1100 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1103 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1105 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1106 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1107 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1111 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1113 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1116 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1117 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1121 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1122 struct command_line
*commands
)
1124 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1126 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1127 struct command_line
*c
;
1128 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1130 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1131 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1135 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1136 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1137 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1138 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1139 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1140 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1141 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1142 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1143 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1144 tracepoint's context. */
1145 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1147 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1149 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1150 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1151 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1152 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1153 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1154 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1157 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1158 "can be used only once"));
1163 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1167 struct command_line
*c2
;
1169 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1170 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1171 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1173 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1174 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1180 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1184 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1185 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1188 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1190 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1191 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1192 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1195 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1197 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1198 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1199 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1205 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1206 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1209 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1210 struct command_line
*commands
)
1212 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1214 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1215 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1216 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1219 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1220 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1224 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1226 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1229 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1230 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1233 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1234 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1237 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1239 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1242 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1243 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1246 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1247 breakpoint work for any task. */
1250 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1252 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1255 if (old_task
!= task
)
1256 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1260 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1262 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1264 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1267 /* A structure used to pass information through
1268 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1270 struct commands_info
1272 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1275 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1278 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1279 already-parsed command. */
1280 struct command_line
*control
;
1282 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1284 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1287 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1288 commands_command. */
1291 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1293 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1295 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1297 struct command_line
*l
;
1299 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1300 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1303 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1306 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1307 "%s, one per line."),
1310 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1312 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1315 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1318 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1321 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1324 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1326 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1328 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1329 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1330 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1331 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1332 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1337 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1338 struct command_line
*control
)
1340 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1341 struct commands_info info
;
1343 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1344 info
.control
= control
;
1346 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1347 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1348 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1350 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1352 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1353 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1355 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1356 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1359 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1360 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1361 numbers will fail in this case. */
1366 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1368 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1371 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1375 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1377 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1378 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1380 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1384 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1386 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1389 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1390 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1392 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1393 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1394 enum command_control_type
1395 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1397 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1398 return simple_control
;
1401 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1404 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1406 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1410 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1411 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1416 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1417 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1419 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1420 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1421 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1423 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1424 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1425 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1426 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1427 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1428 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1429 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1430 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1432 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1435 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1436 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1437 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1439 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1441 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1443 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1444 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1445 report higher one. */
1448 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1449 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1451 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1453 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1454 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1456 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1457 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1458 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1459 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1461 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1462 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1463 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1465 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1467 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1474 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1475 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1476 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1477 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1478 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1481 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1483 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1484 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1485 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1488 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1491 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1493 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1495 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1496 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1500 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1501 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1502 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1505 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1508 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1509 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1510 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1513 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1515 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1516 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1519 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1521 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1522 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1524 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1525 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1529 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1530 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1534 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1535 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1537 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1538 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1539 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1543 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1545 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1546 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1549 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1551 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1552 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1553 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1554 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1555 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1557 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1559 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1560 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1564 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1565 const unsigned char *bp
;
1566 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1567 int placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1569 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1570 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1571 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1573 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1575 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1577 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1578 breakpoint's INSN. */
1579 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1585 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1589 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1591 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1592 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1593 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1596 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1599 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1601 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1602 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1603 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1606 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1610 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1612 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1613 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1616 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1617 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1618 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1619 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1620 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1621 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1622 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1623 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1626 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1628 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1629 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1630 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1631 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1634 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1635 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1638 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1640 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1642 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1644 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1645 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1646 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1647 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1648 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1650 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1653 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1654 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1655 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1656 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1658 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1660 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1661 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1664 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1665 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1666 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1667 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1668 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1669 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1670 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1671 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1673 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1674 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1675 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1676 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1677 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1678 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1679 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1680 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1683 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1684 hardware watchpoints:
1686 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1687 called several times when GDB stops.
1690 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1691 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1692 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1693 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1694 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1695 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1696 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1697 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1698 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1699 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1700 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1702 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1703 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1706 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1708 int within_current_scope
;
1709 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1712 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1713 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1714 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1715 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1718 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1723 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1724 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1725 within_current_scope
= 1;
1728 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1729 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1730 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1732 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1733 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1734 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1735 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1738 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1739 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1740 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1741 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1744 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1746 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1747 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1748 if (within_current_scope
)
1752 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1753 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1754 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1757 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1766 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1767 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1768 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1769 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1770 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1771 be completely different objects. */
1772 value_free (b
->val
);
1776 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1777 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1778 locations (re)created below. */
1779 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1781 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1783 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1787 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1788 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1792 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1793 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1794 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1795 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1796 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1797 if (!target_has_execution
)
1799 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1800 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1801 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1802 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1804 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1805 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1807 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1808 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1811 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1814 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1815 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1817 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1819 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1820 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1821 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1822 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1823 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1825 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1831 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1833 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1834 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1836 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1837 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1838 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1839 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1840 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1841 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1842 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1844 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1846 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1847 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1848 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1850 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1851 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1855 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1857 addr
= value_address (v
);
1859 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1861 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1864 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1865 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1868 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1870 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1871 loc
->address
= addr
;
1872 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1873 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1878 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1879 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1880 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1885 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1886 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1888 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1892 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1895 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1896 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1897 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1899 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1900 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1901 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1902 this watchpoint in as well. */
1904 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1905 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1906 hardware watchpoint type. */
1907 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1908 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1909 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1911 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1912 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1913 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1914 through watch_command), so always account for it
1917 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1918 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1920 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1921 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1924 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1925 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1927 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1929 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1930 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1931 "hardware watchpoint."));
1932 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1933 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1934 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1936 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1937 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1941 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1942 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1943 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1945 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1948 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1950 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1951 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1952 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1954 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1955 "read/access watchpoint."));
1958 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1960 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1961 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1962 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1963 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1966 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1968 next
= value_next (v
);
1973 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1974 above left it without any location set up. But,
1975 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1976 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1977 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1979 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1980 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1981 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1982 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1983 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1984 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1987 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1989 printf_filtered (_("\
1990 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1991 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1993 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1996 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1998 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2002 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2003 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2004 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2005 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2006 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2008 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2010 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2013 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2016 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2019 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2022 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2023 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2024 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2025 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2026 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2027 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2028 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2029 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2030 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2036 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2037 that the location is not duplicated. */
2040 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2043 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2046 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2047 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2051 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2052 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2053 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2054 any error during parsing. */
2056 static struct agent_expr
*
2057 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2059 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2060 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2065 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2066 that may show up. */
2067 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2069 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2074 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2075 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2076 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2080 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2084 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2085 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2086 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2087 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2088 one of them is true. */
2091 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2093 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2094 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2095 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2096 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2098 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2099 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2101 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2102 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2103 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2105 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2106 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2109 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2110 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2111 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2112 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2113 response back to GDB. */
2114 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2117 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2121 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2123 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2124 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2125 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2126 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2127 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2128 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2130 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2131 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2137 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2138 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2139 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2141 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2147 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2148 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2149 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2151 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2152 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2153 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2155 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2158 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2160 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2162 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2165 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2166 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2171 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2172 for this location's address. */
2173 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2177 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2178 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2179 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2181 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2182 conditions to the target. */
2183 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2184 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2190 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2191 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2192 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2194 static struct agent_expr
*
2195 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2197 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2198 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2199 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2200 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2201 const char *cmdrest
;
2202 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2203 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2205 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2212 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2214 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2216 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2217 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2219 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2221 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2223 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2225 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2227 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2228 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2230 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2232 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2233 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2235 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2237 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2239 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2241 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2242 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2245 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2250 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2251 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2253 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2257 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2258 that may show up. */
2259 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2261 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2262 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2263 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2266 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2270 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2271 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2272 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2276 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2280 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2281 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2282 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2285 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2287 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2288 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2289 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2290 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2292 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2293 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2295 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2296 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2297 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2300 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2303 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2304 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2305 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2306 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2307 response back to GDB. */
2308 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2311 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2315 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2317 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2318 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2319 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2320 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2321 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2322 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2323 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2329 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2330 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2331 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2333 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2339 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2341 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2343 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2346 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2347 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2349 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2351 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2354 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2355 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2360 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2361 for this location's address. */
2362 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2365 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2366 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2367 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2368 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2370 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2371 to send the commands to the target. */
2372 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2376 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2377 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2378 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2379 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2382 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2383 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2384 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2385 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2388 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2389 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2391 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2392 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2393 int *disabled_breaks
,
2394 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2395 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2398 const char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2399 struct gdb_exception e
;
2401 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2404 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2405 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2406 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2407 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2408 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2409 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2410 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2411 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2412 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2413 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2414 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2415 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2417 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2418 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2419 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2420 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2422 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2424 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2425 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2426 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2427 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2430 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2431 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2433 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2435 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2436 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2437 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2439 Two important cases are:
2440 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2441 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2442 hardware breakpoint.
2443 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2444 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2445 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2448 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2449 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2450 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2451 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2453 struct mem_region
*mr
2454 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2458 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2460 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2462 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2463 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2465 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2467 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2469 static int said
= 0;
2471 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2474 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2475 _("Note: automatically using "
2476 "hardware breakpoints for "
2477 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2482 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2483 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2484 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2485 "at readonly address %s"),
2486 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2490 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2491 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2492 || bl
->section
== NULL
2493 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2495 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2496 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2498 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2503 hw_bp_err_string
= e
.message
;
2508 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2509 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2510 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2512 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2513 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2514 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2515 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2516 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2520 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2522 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2523 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2524 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2525 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2526 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2528 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2529 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2530 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2534 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2535 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2537 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2538 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2540 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2545 hw_bp_err_string
= e
.message
;
2550 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2551 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2558 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2559 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2561 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2563 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2564 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2565 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2567 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2568 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2571 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2572 "library breakpoints:\n");
2574 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2575 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2576 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2580 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2582 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2583 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2584 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2585 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2586 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2587 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2588 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2592 char *message
= memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2593 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2594 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2596 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2597 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2599 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2601 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2612 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2613 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2614 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2615 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2617 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2618 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2620 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2622 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2623 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2624 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2626 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2628 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2629 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2631 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2633 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2634 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2638 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2639 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2646 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2647 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2650 /* Back to the original value. */
2651 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2655 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2658 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2660 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2661 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2663 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2666 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2670 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2671 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2673 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2676 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2678 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2679 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2680 so just return success. */
2687 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2688 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2692 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2694 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2695 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2697 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2698 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2700 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2701 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2704 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2705 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2706 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2708 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2710 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2713 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2714 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2716 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2717 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2719 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2725 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2726 removed locations above. */
2727 update_global_location_list (0);
2730 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2731 Throws exception on any error.
2732 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2733 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2735 insert_breakpoints (void)
2737 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2739 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2740 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2742 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2744 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2747 update_global_location_list (1);
2749 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2750 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2752 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2753 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2756 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2759 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2761 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2763 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2765 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2769 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2770 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2771 always-inserted mode. */
2774 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2776 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2779 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2780 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2781 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2783 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2784 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2786 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2787 there was an error. */
2788 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2790 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2792 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2794 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2796 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2799 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2800 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2801 deletion of breakpoints. */
2802 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2805 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2807 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2808 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2809 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2810 insert breakpoints. */
2811 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2812 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2815 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2816 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2823 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2824 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2827 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2830 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2833 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2835 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2836 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2839 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2840 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2841 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2843 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2844 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2846 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2847 there was an error. */
2848 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2850 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2852 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2854 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2857 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2858 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2859 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2860 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2861 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2864 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2866 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2867 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2868 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2869 insert breakpoints. */
2870 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2871 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2874 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2875 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2880 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2881 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2882 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2884 int some_failed
= 0;
2885 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2887 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2890 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2893 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2896 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2897 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2904 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2906 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2908 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2909 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2910 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2918 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2919 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2920 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2922 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2923 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2924 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2926 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2927 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2930 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2933 /* Used when the program stops.
2934 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2935 removing a breakpoint location. */
2938 remove_breakpoints (void)
2940 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2945 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2946 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2951 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
2955 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
2957 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2959 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2961 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
2963 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
2965 printf_filtered (_("\
2966 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
2967 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
2969 /* Hide it from the user. */
2975 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2978 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2980 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2982 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2984 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2986 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2989 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2994 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3003 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3005 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3006 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3008 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3009 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3010 struct inferior
*inf
;
3011 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3013 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3017 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3018 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3020 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3022 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3023 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3025 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3027 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3033 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3036 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3041 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3045 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3047 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3048 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3049 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3050 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3051 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3052 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3054 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3057 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3060 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3061 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3065 static struct breakpoint
*
3066 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3067 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3068 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3070 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3071 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3073 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3076 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3077 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3079 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3080 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3081 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3086 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3088 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3090 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3092 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3093 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3095 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3096 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3098 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3099 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3101 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3102 int longjmp_searched
;
3104 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3105 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3107 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3108 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3110 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3111 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3113 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3114 int exception_searched
;
3116 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3117 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3120 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3122 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3123 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3125 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3128 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3130 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3133 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3134 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3136 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3137 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3139 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3141 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3142 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3144 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3145 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3147 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3148 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3150 return bp_objfile_data
;
3154 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3156 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3158 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3159 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3163 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3165 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3166 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3168 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3170 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3171 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3174 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3176 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3179 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3181 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3183 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3186 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3187 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3190 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3193 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3194 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3196 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3197 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3199 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3201 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3202 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3206 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3207 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3210 update_global_location_list (1);
3214 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3216 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3217 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3219 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3221 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3223 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3225 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3227 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3230 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3231 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3233 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3235 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3237 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3241 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3244 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3245 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3247 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3249 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3250 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3251 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3255 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3256 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3259 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3262 struct probe
*probe
;
3263 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3266 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3267 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3271 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3273 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3275 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3276 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3277 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3283 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3286 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3288 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3289 const char *func_name
;
3292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3295 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3296 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3298 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3300 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3303 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3304 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3307 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3310 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3311 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3313 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3314 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3318 update_global_location_list (1);
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3323 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3325 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3327 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3328 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3329 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3331 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3333 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3335 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3338 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3340 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3342 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3343 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3345 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3347 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3350 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3352 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3354 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3355 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3356 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3358 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3359 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3362 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3365 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3366 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3367 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3368 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3369 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3370 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3374 update_global_location_list (1);
3376 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3379 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3382 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3384 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3385 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3387 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3389 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3390 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3391 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3394 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3396 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3397 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3401 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3405 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3406 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3408 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3410 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3411 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3412 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3416 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3417 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3420 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3422 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3424 struct probe
*probe
;
3427 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3428 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3432 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3434 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3435 bp_exception_master
,
3436 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3437 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3438 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3444 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3446 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3449 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3451 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3453 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3455 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3456 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3458 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3462 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3465 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3466 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3468 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3469 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3470 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3471 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3474 update_global_location_list (1);
3478 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3480 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3481 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3483 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3484 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3485 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3486 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3487 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3488 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3489 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3490 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3491 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3492 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3493 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3497 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3500 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3501 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3503 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3507 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3508 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3510 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3514 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3515 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3516 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3517 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3518 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3520 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3524 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3525 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3527 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3531 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3533 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3534 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3535 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3537 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3541 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3543 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3544 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3545 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3546 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3550 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3551 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3552 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3553 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3554 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3555 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3557 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3558 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3559 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3560 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3561 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3562 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3563 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3565 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3566 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3567 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3568 let finish_command delete it.
3570 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3571 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3572 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3573 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3574 solib breakpoints.) */
3576 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3581 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3582 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3584 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3586 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3590 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3591 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3592 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3593 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3594 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3598 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3600 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3602 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3603 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3605 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3606 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3608 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3609 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3610 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3612 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3615 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3616 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3617 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3618 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3619 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3620 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3621 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3625 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3628 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3629 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3631 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3635 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3636 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3637 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3638 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3639 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3642 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3646 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3647 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3649 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3650 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3653 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3654 This should not ever happen. */
3655 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3657 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3658 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3660 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3661 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3662 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3664 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3665 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3666 || bl
->section
== NULL
3667 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3669 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3670 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3674 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3675 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3676 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3678 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3679 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3681 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3682 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3683 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3684 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3685 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3687 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3688 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3690 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3691 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3694 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3695 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3696 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3697 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3699 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3700 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3701 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3702 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3703 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3704 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3710 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3715 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3716 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3717 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3718 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3723 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3725 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3727 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3728 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3730 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3731 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3733 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3734 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3735 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3738 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3739 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3742 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3743 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3745 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3749 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3756 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3759 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3761 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3762 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3764 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3765 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3768 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3769 This should not ever happen. */
3770 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3772 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3774 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3776 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3778 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3782 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3785 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3787 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3789 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3790 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3794 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3795 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3797 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3800 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3801 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3802 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3807 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3809 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3810 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3812 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3814 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3816 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3819 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3821 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3822 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3823 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3829 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3835 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3837 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3838 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3841 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3843 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3845 case bp_shlib_event
:
3847 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3848 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3849 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3850 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3851 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3853 (gdb) file prog-linux
3854 (gdb) run # native linux target
3857 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3858 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3861 case bp_step_resume
:
3863 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3865 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3870 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3871 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3873 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3875 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3876 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3877 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3878 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3880 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3881 insert_breakpoints. */
3883 value_free (w
->val
);
3894 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3895 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3896 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3897 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3900 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3901 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3902 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3903 match, not program space. */
3905 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3906 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3907 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3908 permanent breakpoint.
3909 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3910 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3911 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3912 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3913 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3915 enum breakpoint_here
3916 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3918 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3919 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3921 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3923 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3924 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3927 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3928 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3929 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3930 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3932 if (overlay_debugging
3933 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3934 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3935 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3936 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3937 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3939 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3943 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3946 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3949 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3951 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3954 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3955 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3961 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3962 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3963 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3964 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3967 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3970 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3972 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3974 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3975 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3979 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3981 if (overlay_debugging
3982 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3983 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3984 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3992 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3993 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3996 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3998 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4001 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4007 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4011 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4014 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4016 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4018 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4022 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4025 if (overlay_debugging
4026 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4027 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4028 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4034 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4035 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4042 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4043 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4045 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4049 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4051 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4052 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4055 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4058 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4059 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4063 /* Check for intersection. */
4064 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4065 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4073 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4074 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4077 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4080 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4081 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4087 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4088 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4091 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4092 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4093 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4096 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4099 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4101 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4102 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4103 it is now time to do so. */
4105 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4106 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4110 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4112 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4113 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4114 it is now time to do so. */
4116 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4117 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4121 if (overlay_debugging
4122 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4123 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4124 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4133 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4137 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4139 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4142 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4146 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4148 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4149 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4150 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4151 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4155 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4156 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4159 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4176 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4177 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4180 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4184 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4189 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4191 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4192 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4193 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4194 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4195 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4197 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4198 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4202 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4212 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4215 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4220 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4222 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4228 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4231 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4233 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4235 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4237 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4239 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4244 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4253 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4254 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4255 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4256 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4258 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4259 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4261 Return 1 otherwise. */
4264 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4266 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4269 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4271 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4272 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4273 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4274 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4275 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4277 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4279 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4283 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4286 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4288 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4291 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4294 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4298 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4300 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4302 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4304 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4310 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4313 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4315 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4317 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4319 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4320 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4321 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4322 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4323 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4327 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4330 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4333 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4335 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4338 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4339 or its equivalent. */
4342 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4344 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4345 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4348 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4349 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4350 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4351 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4353 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4354 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4355 bpstat of the current thread. */
4358 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4361 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4364 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4366 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4369 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4370 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4372 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4374 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4377 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4378 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4380 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4381 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4382 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4384 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4386 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4387 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4388 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4389 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4390 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4391 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4392 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4393 the tree when we're done. */
4394 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4395 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4396 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4397 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4398 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4400 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4406 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4408 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4414 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4415 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4417 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4419 if (target_can_async_p ())
4420 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4421 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4422 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4425 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4426 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4427 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4428 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4429 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4430 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4431 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4432 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4433 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4434 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4435 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4436 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4437 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4442 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4447 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4449 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4451 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4452 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4453 && target_has_execution
4454 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4455 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4456 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4457 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4458 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4459 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4460 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4463 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4466 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4469 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4472 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4475 struct value_print_options opts
;
4476 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4477 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4481 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4482 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4483 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4484 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4487 static enum print_stop_action
4488 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4490 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4493 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4494 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4498 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4499 relevant messages. */
4500 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4503 case print_it_normal
:
4505 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4507 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4508 which has since been deleted. */
4510 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4512 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4513 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4518 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4519 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4524 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4527 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4530 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4532 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4536 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4537 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4538 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4540 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4541 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4542 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4545 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4546 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4547 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4551 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4555 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4556 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4559 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4564 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4565 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4566 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4569 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4574 struct so_list
*iter
;
4576 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4578 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4579 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4582 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4587 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4588 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4589 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4592 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4596 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4597 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4598 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4599 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4600 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4601 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4602 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4605 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4606 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4607 code to print the location. An example is
4608 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4610 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4611 to also print the location part of the message.
4612 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4613 don't require a location appended to the end.
4614 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4615 further info to be printed. */
4617 enum print_stop_action
4618 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4622 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4623 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4624 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4625 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4626 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4628 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4629 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4630 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4631 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4635 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4636 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4637 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4638 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4640 print_solib_event (0);
4641 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4644 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4645 with and nothing was printed. */
4646 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4649 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4650 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4651 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4652 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4653 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4654 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4657 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4659 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4660 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4662 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4666 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4669 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4673 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4675 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4676 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4677 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4678 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4679 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4680 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4681 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4683 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4687 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4688 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4691 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4693 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4695 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4697 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4699 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4700 as not triggered. */
4702 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4704 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4706 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4712 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4714 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4715 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4717 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4719 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4721 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4727 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4728 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4732 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4734 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4735 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4737 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4738 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4740 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4742 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4743 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4745 if (newaddr
== start
)
4747 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4751 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4752 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4756 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4765 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4766 because of check_errors). */
4767 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4768 #define WP_DELETED 1
4769 /* The value has changed. */
4770 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4771 /* The value has not changed. */
4772 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4773 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4776 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4777 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4779 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4782 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4783 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4786 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4788 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4789 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4790 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4791 int within_current_scope
;
4793 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4794 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4795 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4797 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4798 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4799 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4800 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4803 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4804 within_current_scope
= 1;
4807 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4808 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4809 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4811 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4812 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4813 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4814 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4815 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4816 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4817 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4818 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4819 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4820 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4823 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4824 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4826 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4827 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4828 if (within_current_scope
)
4830 struct symbol
*function
;
4832 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4833 if (function
== NULL
4834 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4835 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4836 within_current_scope
= 0;
4839 if (within_current_scope
)
4840 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4841 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4846 if (within_current_scope
)
4848 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4849 time before we return to the command level and call
4850 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4851 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4855 struct value
*new_val
;
4857 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4858 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4859 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4860 a mask watchpoint. */
4861 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4863 mark
= value_mark ();
4864 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4866 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4867 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4868 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4869 not what we want. */
4870 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4871 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4873 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4875 release_value (new_val
);
4876 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4878 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4881 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4885 /* Nothing changed. */
4886 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4887 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4892 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4894 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4895 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4896 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4897 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4898 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4899 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4900 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4901 the first value assigned). */
4902 /* We print all the stop information in
4903 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4904 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4905 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4907 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4909 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4910 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4911 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4913 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4914 which its expression is valid.\n");
4916 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4917 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4918 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4924 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4925 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4926 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4929 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4930 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4931 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4933 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4935 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4936 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4938 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4941 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4942 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4945 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4947 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4948 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4950 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4951 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4952 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4953 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4954 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4957 int must_check_value
= 0;
4959 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4960 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4962 must_check_value
= 1;
4963 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4964 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4965 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4967 must_check_value
= 1;
4968 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4969 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4970 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4971 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4972 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4973 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4974 must_check_value
= 1;
4976 if (must_check_value
)
4979 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4981 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4982 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4984 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4988 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4989 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4993 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4996 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4997 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4999 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5001 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5002 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5003 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5004 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5005 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5006 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5007 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5010 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5011 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5014 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5015 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5016 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5017 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5019 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5020 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5021 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5024 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5025 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5026 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5027 changes. This still gives false positives when
5028 the program writes the same value to memory as
5029 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5030 it for a read), but it's much better than
5033 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5035 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5037 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5040 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5041 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5043 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5044 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5046 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5047 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5049 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5055 if (other_write_watchpoint
5056 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5058 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5059 and the value changed since the last time we
5060 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5062 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5067 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5068 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5069 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5071 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5072 the value hasn't changed. */
5073 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5081 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5082 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5083 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5084 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5085 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5089 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5091 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5092 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5093 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5094 anything for this watchpoint. */
5095 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5101 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5102 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5103 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5104 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5107 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5109 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5110 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5111 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5112 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5113 struct expression
*cond
;
5115 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5117 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5118 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5119 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5120 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5121 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5123 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5124 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5125 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5127 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5128 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5134 /* If this is a thread-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu evaluating the
5135 condition if this isn't the specified thread. */
5136 if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5142 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop" method implemented. */
5143 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5144 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5146 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5148 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5155 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5157 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5158 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5160 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5161 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5162 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5163 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5165 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5167 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5168 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5172 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5173 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5174 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5175 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5176 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5178 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5179 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5182 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5184 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5185 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5186 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5187 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5188 really matter which instantiation of the function
5189 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5190 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5191 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5192 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5193 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5194 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5195 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5196 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5198 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5200 select_frame (frame
);
5202 within_current_scope
= 0;
5204 if (within_current_scope
)
5206 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5207 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5211 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5212 "in the current scope"));
5213 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5214 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5217 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5218 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5221 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5225 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5229 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5236 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5237 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5239 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5240 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5243 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5245 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5247 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5248 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5249 several reasons concurrently.)
5251 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5252 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5255 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5256 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5257 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5259 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5260 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5261 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5262 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5263 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5264 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5267 int need_remove_insert
;
5270 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5271 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5272 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5273 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5274 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5275 inferior function calls. */
5279 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5282 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5284 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5285 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5286 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5287 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5288 checked all locations already. */
5289 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5292 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5295 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5298 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5301 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5304 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5305 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5306 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5310 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5311 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5312 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5314 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5316 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5318 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5323 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5325 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5327 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5328 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5331 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5335 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5336 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5337 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5339 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5341 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5343 handle_solib_event ();
5348 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5349 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5350 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5354 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5359 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5360 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5363 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5368 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5370 /* We will stop here. */
5371 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5373 --(b
->enable_count
);
5374 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5375 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5376 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5381 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5382 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5383 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5384 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5387 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5392 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5394 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5395 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5398 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5399 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5400 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5402 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5403 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5404 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5406 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5407 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5409 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5411 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5412 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5415 if (need_remove_insert
)
5416 update_global_location_list (1);
5417 else if (removed_any
)
5418 update_global_location_list (0);
5424 handle_jit_event (void)
5426 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5427 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5429 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5430 breakpoint_re_set. */
5431 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5433 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5434 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5436 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5438 target_terminal_inferior ();
5441 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5443 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5446 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5448 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5452 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5453 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5454 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5456 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5458 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5459 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5460 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5463 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5465 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5466 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5470 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5477 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5480 case bp_shlib_event
:
5484 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5486 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5489 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5492 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5493 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5494 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5498 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5500 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5504 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5505 This requires no further action. */
5509 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5511 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5512 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5514 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5515 case bp_exception_resume
:
5516 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5517 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5519 case bp_step_resume
:
5521 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5524 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5525 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5528 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5530 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5533 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5534 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5537 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5538 case bp_thread_event
:
5539 case bp_overlay_event
:
5540 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5541 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5542 case bp_exception_master
:
5543 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5549 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5551 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5555 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5556 This requires no further action. */
5561 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5564 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5565 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5566 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5567 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5569 case bp_std_terminate
:
5570 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5571 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5572 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5573 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5576 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5577 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5578 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5579 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5581 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5582 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5584 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5585 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5586 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5588 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5589 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5590 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5591 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5596 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5598 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5602 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5603 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5606 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5609 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5610 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5615 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5617 handle_jit_event ();
5620 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5622 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5628 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5629 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5631 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5632 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5640 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5641 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5642 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5645 bpstat_should_step (void)
5647 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5650 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5656 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5658 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5667 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5668 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5669 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5672 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5674 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5675 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5679 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5681 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5683 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5684 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5685 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5690 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5696 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5697 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5699 "host": Host evals condition.
5700 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5701 "target": Target evals condition.
5705 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5707 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5708 char host_evals
= 0;
5709 char target_evals
= 0;
5714 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5717 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5718 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5719 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5721 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5723 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5729 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5730 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5731 else if (target_evals
)
5732 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5734 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5737 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5738 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5741 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5743 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5746 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5747 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5748 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5750 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5751 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5753 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5756 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5759 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5760 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5762 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5763 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5765 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5769 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5771 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5772 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5773 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5776 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5779 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5780 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5781 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5782 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5783 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5784 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5786 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5787 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5788 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5790 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5791 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5792 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5794 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5798 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5799 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5801 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5803 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5805 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5808 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5810 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5811 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5812 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5814 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5815 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5816 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5817 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5820 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5824 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5826 struct ep_type_description
5831 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5833 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5834 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5835 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5836 {bp_until
, "until"},
5837 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5838 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5839 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5840 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5841 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5842 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5843 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5844 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5845 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5846 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5847 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5848 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5849 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5850 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5851 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5852 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5853 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5854 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5855 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5856 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5857 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5858 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5859 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5860 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5861 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5862 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5863 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5864 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5865 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5868 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5869 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5870 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5871 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5874 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5877 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5878 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5881 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5882 const char *field_name
,
5886 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
5887 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5891 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5892 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5893 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5896 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
5898 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5904 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5905 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5910 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5912 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5914 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5918 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5921 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5924 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5925 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5927 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5930 struct command_line
*l
;
5931 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5933 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5934 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5935 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5936 struct value_print_options opts
;
5938 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5940 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5941 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5942 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5945 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5946 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5954 if (part_of_multiple
)
5957 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5958 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5963 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5968 if (part_of_multiple
)
5969 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5971 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5975 if (part_of_multiple
)
5976 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5978 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5983 if (part_of_multiple
)
5984 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5986 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5987 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5988 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5992 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5994 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5995 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5996 make sure there's just one location. */
5997 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5998 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6004 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6005 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6009 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6010 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6011 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6013 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6015 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6016 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6017 is relatively readable). */
6018 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6019 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6021 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6026 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6030 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6031 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6033 case bp_exception_resume
:
6034 case bp_step_resume
:
6035 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6036 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6038 case bp_std_terminate
:
6039 case bp_shlib_event
:
6040 case bp_thread_event
:
6041 case bp_overlay_event
:
6042 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6043 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6044 case bp_exception_master
:
6046 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6047 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6050 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6051 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6052 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6055 if (header_of_multiple
)
6056 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6057 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6058 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6060 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6061 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6064 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6065 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6072 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6074 struct inferior
*inf
;
6075 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6080 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6081 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6084 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6085 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6087 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6088 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6089 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6090 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6091 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6092 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6094 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6095 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6098 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6100 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6102 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6103 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6104 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6105 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6107 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6109 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6110 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6114 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6116 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6117 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6119 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6122 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6123 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6125 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6126 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6127 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6130 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6133 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6134 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6136 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6137 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6139 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6140 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6141 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6142 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6143 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6145 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6146 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6147 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6148 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6150 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6153 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6155 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6156 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6157 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6158 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6161 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6165 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6166 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6167 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6168 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6169 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6171 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6172 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6173 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6174 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6175 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6177 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6181 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6182 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6183 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6187 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6190 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6191 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6192 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6195 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6196 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6197 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6198 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6201 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6202 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6203 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6204 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6205 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6207 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6208 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6209 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6212 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6214 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6216 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6218 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6219 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6220 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6224 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6225 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6227 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6230 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6231 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6232 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6235 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6237 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6239 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6241 annotate_field (10);
6242 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6243 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6244 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6247 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6249 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6251 annotate_field (11);
6253 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6254 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6255 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6259 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6261 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6262 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6267 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6269 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6271 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6273 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6275 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6276 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6281 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6282 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6285 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6286 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6288 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6290 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6291 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6293 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6294 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6295 locations, if any. */
6296 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6298 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6299 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6300 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6303 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6304 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6306 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6307 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6309 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6312 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6314 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6315 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6316 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6317 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6324 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6326 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6327 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6329 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6333 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6334 an address to print. */
6335 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6338 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6339 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6340 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6343 return print_address_bits
;
6346 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6352 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6354 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6355 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6356 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6360 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6362 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6370 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6371 char **error_message
)
6373 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6376 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6378 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6379 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6385 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6386 internal or momentary. */
6389 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6391 return b
->number
> 0;
6394 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6395 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6396 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6397 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6398 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6399 breakpoints listed. */
6402 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6403 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6405 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6406 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6407 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6408 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6409 struct value_print_options opts
;
6410 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6411 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6412 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6414 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6416 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6417 required for address fields. */
6418 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6421 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6422 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6425 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6426 accept. Skip the others. */
6427 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6429 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6431 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6435 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6437 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6439 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6440 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6441 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6443 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6444 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6445 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6447 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6451 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6453 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6454 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6458 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6459 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6462 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6463 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6464 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6466 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6467 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6469 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6470 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6471 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6473 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6474 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6476 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6477 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6479 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6481 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6482 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6483 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6485 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6486 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6488 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6490 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6491 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6492 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6493 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6498 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6499 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6502 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6503 accept. Skip the others. */
6505 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6507 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6509 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6512 else /* all others */
6514 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6518 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6520 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6521 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6524 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6526 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6528 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6532 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6533 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6535 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6536 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6542 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6543 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6546 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6547 there have been breakpoints? */
6548 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6550 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6553 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6554 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6557 default_collect_info (void)
6559 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6561 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6562 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6564 if (!*default_collect
)
6567 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6569 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6570 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6571 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6575 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6577 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6579 default_collect_info ();
6583 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6585 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6586 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6588 if (num_printed
== 0)
6590 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6591 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6593 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6598 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6600 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6602 default_collect_info ();
6606 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6607 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6608 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6610 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6612 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6614 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6615 && bl
->address
== pc
6616 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6622 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6623 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6627 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6628 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6629 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6632 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6635 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6636 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6640 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6641 else /* if (others == ???) */
6642 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6644 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6647 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6648 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6649 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6650 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6651 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6652 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6653 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6654 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6656 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6660 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6662 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6663 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6664 printf_filtered (".\n");
6669 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6670 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6671 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6672 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6674 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6675 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6676 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6677 breakpoint at address zero:
6685 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6687 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6689 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6692 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6693 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6696 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6697 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6699 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6700 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6702 /* Both of them must exist. */
6703 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6704 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6706 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6707 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6708 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6709 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6710 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6711 other watchpoint. */
6713 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6715 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6718 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6720 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6724 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6725 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6726 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6727 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6728 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6729 become hw_access locations later. */
6730 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6731 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6732 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6733 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6736 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6737 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6738 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6739 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6742 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6743 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6745 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6746 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6750 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6751 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6752 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6753 space doesn't really matter. */
6756 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6757 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6760 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6761 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6762 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6765 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6766 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6767 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6768 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6771 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6772 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6775 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6778 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6779 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6783 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6784 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6785 true, otherwise returns false. */
6788 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6789 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6791 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6792 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6793 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6794 different locations. */
6795 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6800 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6801 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6802 represent the same location. */
6805 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6806 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6808 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6810 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6811 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6812 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6814 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6815 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6817 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6820 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6821 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6822 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6824 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6825 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6826 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6827 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6831 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6832 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6834 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6835 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6839 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6840 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6842 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6843 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6845 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6848 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6849 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6850 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6851 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6854 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6855 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6857 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6859 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6862 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6863 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6864 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6865 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6866 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6868 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6869 have their addresses modified. */
6874 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6876 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6877 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6878 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6880 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6881 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6883 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6884 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6886 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6891 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6892 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6894 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6896 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6901 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6902 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6905 switch (owner
->type
)
6911 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6912 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6914 case bp_exception_resume
:
6915 case bp_step_resume
:
6916 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6917 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6919 case bp_std_terminate
:
6920 case bp_shlib_event
:
6921 case bp_thread_event
:
6922 case bp_overlay_event
:
6924 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6925 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6926 case bp_exception_master
:
6927 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6928 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6930 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6931 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6933 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6934 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6935 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6937 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6938 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6939 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6940 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6945 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6946 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6947 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6950 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6956 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6958 static struct bp_location
*
6959 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6961 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6965 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6967 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6971 /* Increment reference count. */
6974 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6979 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6980 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6983 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6985 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6987 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6988 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6992 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6995 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6997 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6999 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7000 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7002 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7004 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7013 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7016 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7017 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7019 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7021 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7023 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7027 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7028 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7029 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7031 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7034 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7036 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7037 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7038 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7039 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7042 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7043 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7045 static struct breakpoint
*
7046 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7048 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7050 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7052 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7053 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7057 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7058 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7062 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7064 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7066 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7067 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7068 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7071 const char *function_name
;
7072 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7074 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7075 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7077 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7079 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7081 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7082 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7083 &loc
->requested_address
))
7085 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7086 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7087 loc
->requested_address
,
7090 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7091 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7093 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7094 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7095 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7096 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7098 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7103 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7107 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7109 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7112 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7114 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7119 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7120 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7121 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7123 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7124 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7125 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7128 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7129 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7130 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7132 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7134 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7136 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7137 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7139 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7140 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7142 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7143 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7146 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7147 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7148 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7149 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7150 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7151 is also returned as the value of this function.
7153 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7154 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7155 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7156 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7157 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7158 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7159 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7162 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7163 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7164 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7166 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7168 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7169 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7174 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7175 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7177 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7179 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7181 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7183 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7184 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7185 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7186 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7187 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7188 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7192 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7193 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7194 initiated the operation. */
7197 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7199 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7200 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7202 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7203 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7204 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7205 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7206 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7207 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7208 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7209 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7211 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7212 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7214 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7215 after their removal. */
7216 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7217 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7218 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7221 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7224 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7226 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7228 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7231 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7233 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7234 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7239 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7241 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7243 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7244 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7246 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7247 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7251 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7252 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7253 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7257 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7259 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7262 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7264 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7266 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7267 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7268 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7270 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7272 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7275 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7276 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7277 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7278 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7284 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7285 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7288 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7289 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7293 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7295 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7298 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7300 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7302 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7303 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7304 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7305 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7308 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7310 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7312 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7313 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7314 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7316 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7321 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7323 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7326 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7328 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7329 update_global_location_list (1);
7330 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7335 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7337 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7340 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7342 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7343 update_global_location_list (0);
7344 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7348 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7349 master breakpoint. */
7351 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7353 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7356 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7357 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7359 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7360 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7364 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7366 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7368 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7370 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7371 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7372 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7376 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7378 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7380 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7381 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7383 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7384 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7386 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7388 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7394 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7396 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7399 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7400 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7401 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7404 struct lang_and_radix
7410 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7413 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7415 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7417 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7418 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7419 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7423 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7426 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7428 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7430 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7431 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7432 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7433 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7437 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7439 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7441 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7442 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7443 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7444 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7448 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7450 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7452 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7453 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7454 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7458 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7459 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7462 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7464 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7466 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7468 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7469 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7471 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7472 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7473 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7474 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7475 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7476 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7477 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7478 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7479 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7480 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7481 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7482 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7485 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7490 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7491 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7492 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7495 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7497 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7498 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7500 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7501 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7502 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7503 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7504 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7505 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7508 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7510 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7511 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7513 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7514 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7515 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7516 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7517 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7518 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7519 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7520 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7521 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7523 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7524 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7525 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7526 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7529 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7530 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7532 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7534 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7535 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7536 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7539 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7544 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7545 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7546 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7549 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7551 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7553 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7556 /* If the file is a shared library not loaded by the user then
7557 solib_unloaded was notified and disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
7558 was called. In that case there is no need to take action again. */
7559 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) && !(objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
))
7564 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7565 int bp_modified
= 0;
7567 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7570 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7572 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7574 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7575 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7578 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7581 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7584 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7585 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7588 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7590 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7593 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7600 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7604 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7606 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7607 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7608 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7609 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7610 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7612 struct fork_catchpoint
7614 /* The base class. */
7615 struct breakpoint base
;
7617 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7618 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7619 catchpoint has triggered. */
7620 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7623 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7627 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7629 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7632 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7636 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7638 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7641 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7645 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7646 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7647 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7649 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7651 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7654 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7658 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7661 static enum print_stop_action
7662 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7664 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7665 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7666 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7668 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7669 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7670 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7672 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7673 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7675 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7676 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7677 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7679 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7680 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7681 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7682 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7683 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7686 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7690 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7692 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7693 struct value_print_options opts
;
7694 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7696 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7698 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7699 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7701 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7702 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7704 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7705 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7707 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7708 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7709 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7710 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7713 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7714 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7717 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7721 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7723 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7726 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7730 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7733 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7736 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7738 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7740 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7744 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7746 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7749 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7753 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7755 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7758 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7762 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7763 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7764 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7766 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7768 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7771 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7775 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7778 static enum print_stop_action
7779 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7781 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7782 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7783 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7785 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7786 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7787 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7789 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7790 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7792 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7793 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7794 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7796 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7797 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7798 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7799 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7800 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7803 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7807 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7809 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7810 struct value_print_options opts
;
7811 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7813 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7814 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7815 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7817 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7818 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7820 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7821 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7823 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7824 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7825 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7826 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7829 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7830 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7833 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7837 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7839 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7842 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7846 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7848 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7849 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7852 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7854 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7856 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7857 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7858 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7859 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7860 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7862 struct solib_catchpoint
7864 /* The base class. */
7865 struct breakpoint base
;
7867 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7868 unsigned char is_load
;
7870 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7871 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7877 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7879 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7882 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7883 xfree (self
->regex
);
7885 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7889 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7895 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7901 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7902 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7904 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7906 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7907 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7909 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7912 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7914 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7916 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7919 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7922 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7925 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7927 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7936 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7938 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7939 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7944 struct so_list
*iter
;
7947 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7952 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7961 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7966 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7972 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7975 static enum print_stop_action
7976 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7978 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7979 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7981 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7982 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7983 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7985 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7986 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7987 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7988 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7989 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7990 print_solib_event (1);
7991 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7995 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7997 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7998 struct value_print_options opts
;
7999 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8002 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8003 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8004 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8006 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8009 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8016 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8018 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8023 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8025 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8027 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8031 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8032 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8036 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8038 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8040 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8041 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8045 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8047 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8049 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8050 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8051 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8053 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8054 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8057 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8059 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8060 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8061 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8062 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8063 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8064 created in an enabled state. */
8067 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8069 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8070 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8071 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8075 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8077 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8078 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8084 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8087 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8089 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8090 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8092 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8095 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8096 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8097 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8099 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8101 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8102 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8105 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8109 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8110 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8113 const int enabled
= 1;
8115 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8117 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8121 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8122 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8124 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8128 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8129 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8131 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8134 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8135 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8136 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8137 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8138 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8140 struct syscall_catchpoint
8142 /* The base class. */
8143 struct breakpoint base
;
8145 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8146 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8147 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8148 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8149 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8152 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8156 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8158 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8160 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8162 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8165 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8167 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8169 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8170 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8171 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8173 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8174 int any_syscall_count
;
8176 /* Count of each system call. */
8177 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8179 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8180 if any catching is necessary. */
8181 int total_syscalls_count
;
8184 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8185 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8187 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8189 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8190 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8192 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8193 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8200 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8206 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8210 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8212 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8213 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8214 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8215 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8217 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8218 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8219 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8225 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8230 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8232 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8233 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8234 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8236 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8237 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8238 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8240 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8241 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8243 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8244 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8248 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8249 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8250 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8252 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8254 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8257 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8261 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8263 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8264 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8265 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8266 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8268 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8269 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8270 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8276 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8280 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8281 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8283 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8284 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8288 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8289 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8290 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8292 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8294 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8297 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8301 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8302 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8303 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8305 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8306 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8307 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8308 int syscall_number
= 0;
8309 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8310 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8312 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8313 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8316 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8318 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8319 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8324 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8326 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8335 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8338 static enum print_stop_action
8339 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8341 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8342 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8343 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8344 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8345 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8346 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8348 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8351 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8353 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8355 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8357 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8358 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8360 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8361 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8363 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8364 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8365 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8366 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8367 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8369 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8371 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8372 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8374 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8376 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8377 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8379 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8381 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8383 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8386 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8390 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8391 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8393 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8394 struct value_print_options opts
;
8395 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8397 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8398 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8399 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8401 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8402 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8405 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8406 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8407 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8409 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8411 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8414 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8417 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8422 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8425 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8427 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8429 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8430 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8434 /* Remove the last comma. */
8435 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8436 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8439 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8440 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8442 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8443 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8446 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8450 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8452 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8454 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8458 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8459 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8461 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8464 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8468 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8471 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8473 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8475 printf_filtered (")");
8478 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8482 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8486 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8488 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8492 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8497 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8502 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8504 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8509 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8512 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8514 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8516 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8519 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8521 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8524 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8525 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8526 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8527 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8530 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8531 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8533 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8535 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8538 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8540 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8542 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8543 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8547 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8549 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8550 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8551 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8552 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8555 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8558 update_global_location_list (1);
8562 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8563 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8564 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8566 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8568 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8570 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8572 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8575 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8577 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8578 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8579 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8580 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8581 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8583 struct exec_catchpoint
8585 /* The base class. */
8586 struct breakpoint base
;
8588 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8589 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8591 char *exec_pathname
;
8594 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8598 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8600 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8602 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8604 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8608 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8610 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8614 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8616 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8620 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8621 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8622 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8624 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8626 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8629 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8633 static enum print_stop_action
8634 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8636 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8637 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8638 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8640 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8641 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8642 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8644 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8645 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8647 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8648 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8649 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8651 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8652 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8653 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8654 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8656 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8660 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8662 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8663 struct value_print_options opts
;
8664 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8666 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8668 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8669 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8670 is relatively readable). */
8671 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8672 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8674 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8675 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8677 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8678 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8679 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8682 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8683 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8687 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8689 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8692 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8696 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8698 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8699 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8702 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8705 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8706 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8708 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8709 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8711 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8712 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8713 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8715 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8719 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8722 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8723 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8727 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8728 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8730 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8732 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8739 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8743 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8746 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8748 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8751 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8753 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8755 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8761 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8762 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8763 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8764 types _not_ TYPE. */
8767 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8768 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8771 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8773 *other_type_used
= 0;
8778 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8781 if (b
->type
== type
)
8782 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8783 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8784 *other_type_used
= 1;
8791 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8793 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8797 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8799 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8800 update_global_location_list (0);
8806 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8808 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8812 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8814 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8815 update_global_location_list (1);
8821 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8823 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8824 update_global_location_list (0);
8828 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8830 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8831 breakpoint_re_set ();
8835 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8836 at address specified by SAL.
8837 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8840 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8841 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8843 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8845 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8847 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8849 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8850 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8851 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8852 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8854 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8855 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8857 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8858 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8860 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8865 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8866 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8869 static struct breakpoint
*
8870 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8872 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8874 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8876 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8877 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8878 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8880 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8881 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8882 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8883 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8884 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8885 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8886 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8887 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8888 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8889 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8890 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8892 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8893 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8894 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8896 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8900 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8904 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8906 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8910 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8914 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8917 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8919 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8921 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8922 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8924 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8928 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8931 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8933 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8934 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8936 printf_filtered ("\n");
8940 static struct bp_location
*
8941 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8942 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8944 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8945 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8946 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8948 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8949 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8951 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8952 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8953 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8954 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8955 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8956 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8957 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8960 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8961 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8962 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8963 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8968 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8969 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8970 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8971 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8972 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8973 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8974 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8975 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8976 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8978 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8979 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8984 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8985 return 0 otherwise. */
8988 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8992 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8993 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8994 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8997 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8999 addr
= loc
->address
;
9000 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9002 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9006 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9008 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9009 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9010 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9011 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9013 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9014 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9016 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9017 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9020 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9025 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9026 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9029 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9031 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9032 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9037 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9039 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9041 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9043 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9045 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9046 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9048 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9049 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9050 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9052 if (!dprintf_function
)
9053 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9055 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9056 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9061 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9065 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9067 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9068 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9071 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9072 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9076 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9077 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9079 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9080 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9082 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9083 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9085 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9086 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9087 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9088 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9089 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9090 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9092 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9096 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9097 current style settings. */
9100 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9101 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9103 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9107 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9108 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9112 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9113 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9114 as condition expression. */
9117 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9118 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9119 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9121 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9122 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9123 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9124 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9125 int display_canonical
)
9129 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9131 int target_resources_ok
;
9133 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9134 target_resources_ok
=
9135 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9137 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9138 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9139 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9140 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9143 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9145 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9147 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9148 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9152 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9154 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9156 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9157 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9162 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9166 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9167 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9168 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9169 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9170 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9172 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9173 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9175 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9177 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9178 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9180 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9182 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9183 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9184 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9188 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9190 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9192 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9193 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9195 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9197 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9199 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9201 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9202 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9204 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9206 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9209 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9210 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9217 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9218 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9222 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9223 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9227 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9229 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9230 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9232 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9235 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9236 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9237 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9239 if (b
->extra_string
)
9240 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9242 error (_("Format string required"));
9244 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9245 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9248 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9250 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9252 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9255 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9260 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9261 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9262 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9264 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9265 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9266 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9267 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9268 int display_canonical
)
9270 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9271 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9273 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9275 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9277 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9281 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9283 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9285 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9287 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9289 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9291 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9293 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9295 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9298 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9299 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9300 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9301 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9302 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9303 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9304 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9305 we take just a single condition string.
9307 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9308 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9309 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9310 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9311 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9314 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9315 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9316 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9317 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9318 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9319 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9320 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9323 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9325 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9326 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9328 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9330 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9331 'break', without arguments. */
9332 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9333 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9335 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9336 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9338 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9339 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9342 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9344 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9345 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9346 canonical
->special_display
);
9347 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9351 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9352 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9353 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9354 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9356 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9357 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9360 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9361 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9363 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9365 if ((*address
) == NULL
9366 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9368 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9370 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9372 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9373 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9376 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9377 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9378 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9380 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9381 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9382 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9383 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9384 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9385 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9387 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9389 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9390 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9391 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9392 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9393 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9395 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9397 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9398 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9399 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9401 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9404 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9408 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9410 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9411 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9412 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9413 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9415 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9416 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9417 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9419 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9420 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9421 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9422 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9423 get_last_displayed_line (),
9424 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9426 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9427 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9432 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9433 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9436 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9440 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9441 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9444 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9445 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9446 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9447 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9448 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9452 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9453 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9456 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9458 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9460 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9462 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9464 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9466 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9467 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9468 associated with SAL. */
9471 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9473 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9476 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9477 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9479 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9483 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9485 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9486 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9488 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9491 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9492 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9493 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9494 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9495 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9496 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9499 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9500 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9503 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9510 const char *end_tok
;
9512 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9513 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9515 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9517 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9519 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9523 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9525 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9527 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9529 struct expression
*expr
;
9531 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9532 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9535 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9537 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9542 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9544 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9545 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9546 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9549 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9554 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9556 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9557 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9558 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9563 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9567 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9571 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9573 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9574 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9576 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9577 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9578 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9579 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9584 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9586 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9588 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9589 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9591 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9592 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9593 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9595 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9596 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9598 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9600 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9602 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9604 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9606 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9607 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9609 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9612 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9618 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9619 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9620 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9621 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9622 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9623 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9624 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9625 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9626 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9627 was created; false otherwise. */
9630 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9631 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9632 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9634 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9636 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9637 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9638 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9641 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9642 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9643 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9644 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9645 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9646 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9649 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9651 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9653 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9655 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9657 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9658 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9661 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9665 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9671 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9673 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9676 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9677 throw_exception (e
);
9679 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9681 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9682 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9683 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9684 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9685 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9688 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9689 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9690 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9691 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9693 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9695 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9696 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9697 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9698 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9699 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9701 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9705 throw_exception (e
);
9709 throw_exception (e
);
9712 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9713 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9715 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9716 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9717 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9718 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9719 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9721 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9722 are ok for the target. */
9726 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9728 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9729 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9732 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9733 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9736 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9738 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9739 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9742 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9743 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9750 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9752 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9754 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9755 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9756 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9757 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9759 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9760 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9762 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9764 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9766 extra_string
= rest
;
9771 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9773 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9776 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9777 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9779 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9782 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9783 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9787 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9788 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9789 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9790 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9791 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9795 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9797 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9799 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9801 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9803 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9807 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9809 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9811 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9813 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9816 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9819 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9820 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9822 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9824 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9825 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9826 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9827 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9828 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9829 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9830 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9831 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9833 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9836 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9838 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9839 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9840 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9843 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9845 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9846 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9847 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9849 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9850 update_global_location_list (1);
9855 /* Set a breakpoint.
9856 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9857 condition, and thread.
9858 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9859 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9863 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9865 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9866 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9867 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9869 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9870 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9872 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9873 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9874 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9876 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9878 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9880 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9881 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9882 0 /* Ignore count */,
9883 pending_break_support
,
9891 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9894 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9898 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9900 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9901 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9902 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9905 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9906 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9907 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9908 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9911 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9913 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9917 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9920 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9923 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9924 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
9928 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9929 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9930 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9931 happen in assembly source). */
9933 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9934 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9936 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9938 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9940 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9942 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9949 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9951 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9955 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9957 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9961 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9963 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9967 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9969 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9973 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9975 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9976 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9977 stop at <line>\n"));
9981 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9985 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9987 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9992 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9993 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9994 function/method name. */
9995 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9997 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10002 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10004 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10008 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10010 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10014 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10018 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10022 char *argptr
= arg
;
10025 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10026 it is probably a line number. */
10027 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10029 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10034 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10036 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10040 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10042 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10045 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10046 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10047 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10051 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10053 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10055 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10057 0 /* Ignore count */,
10058 pending_break_support
,
10059 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10067 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10069 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10072 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10073 ranged breakpoints. */
10076 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10077 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10079 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10081 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10082 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10085 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10086 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10089 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10090 ranged breakpoints. */
10093 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10095 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10098 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10099 ranged breakpoints. */
10101 static enum print_stop_action
10102 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10104 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10105 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10106 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10108 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10110 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10111 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10113 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10114 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10115 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10117 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10118 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10120 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10121 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10122 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10124 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10125 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10127 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10130 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10131 ranged breakpoints. */
10134 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10135 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10137 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10138 struct value_print_options opts
;
10139 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10141 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10142 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10144 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10146 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10147 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10148 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10149 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10150 annotate_field (5);
10151 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10155 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10156 ranged breakpoints. */
10159 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10160 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10162 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10163 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10164 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10165 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10169 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10170 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10172 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10173 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10174 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10175 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10176 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10177 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10179 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10182 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10183 ranged breakpoints. */
10186 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10188 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10189 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10192 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10194 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10197 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10198 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10199 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10202 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10203 ranged breakpoints. */
10206 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10208 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10209 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10210 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10213 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10215 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10217 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10218 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10219 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10220 last instruction of the given line. */
10223 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10227 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10228 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10229 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10236 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10238 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10240 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10247 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10250 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10252 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10253 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10254 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10256 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10257 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10258 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10259 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10261 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10262 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10263 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10265 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10266 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10267 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10269 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10270 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10272 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10273 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10274 error(_("No address range specified."));
10276 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10279 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10281 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10284 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10285 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10286 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10288 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10290 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10291 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10292 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10294 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10295 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10296 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10298 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10299 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10301 /* Parse the end location. */
10303 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10306 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10307 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10308 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10309 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10310 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10311 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10312 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10313 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10315 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10317 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10318 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10320 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10321 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10322 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10323 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10325 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10326 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10327 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10329 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10330 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10331 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10333 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10335 /* Length overflowed. */
10336 error (_("Address range too large."));
10337 else if (length
== 1)
10339 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10340 the `hbreak' command. */
10341 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10343 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10348 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10349 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10350 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10351 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10352 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10353 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10354 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10355 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10356 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10358 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10361 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10362 update_global_location_list (1);
10365 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10366 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10367 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10371 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10373 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10379 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10380 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10383 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10393 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10394 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10395 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10396 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10397 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10399 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10428 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10431 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10432 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10437 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10438 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10439 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10440 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10441 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10442 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10443 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10445 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10446 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10451 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10453 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10454 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10455 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10456 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10458 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10459 are always constant. */
10461 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10463 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10464 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10465 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10470 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10471 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10472 then it is not a constant. */
10481 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10484 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10486 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10488 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10490 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10491 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10492 value_free (w
->val
);
10494 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10497 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10500 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10502 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10504 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10505 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10507 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10508 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10509 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10510 are loaded and unloaded.
10512 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10513 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10514 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10515 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10516 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10517 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10519 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10520 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10521 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10522 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10524 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10525 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10527 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10528 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10529 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10532 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10535 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10537 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10538 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10540 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10544 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10547 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10549 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10550 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10552 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10557 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10558 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10559 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10561 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10562 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10564 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10565 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10566 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10567 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10568 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10569 (did not match the data address). */
10570 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10571 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10578 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10580 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10582 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10585 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10586 hardware watchpoints. */
10589 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10591 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10592 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10594 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10597 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10598 hardware watchpoints. */
10601 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10603 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10604 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10607 static enum print_stop_action
10608 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10610 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10611 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10612 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10613 enum print_stop_action result
;
10614 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10615 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10617 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10619 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10620 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10622 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10623 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10627 case bp_watchpoint
:
10628 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10629 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10630 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10631 ui_out_field_string
10633 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10635 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10636 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10637 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10638 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10639 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10640 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10641 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10642 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10643 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10644 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10647 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10648 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10649 ui_out_field_string
10651 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10653 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10654 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10655 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10656 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10657 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10658 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10661 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10662 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10664 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10665 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10666 ui_out_field_string
10668 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10670 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10671 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10672 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10673 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10674 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10679 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10680 ui_out_field_string
10682 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10683 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10684 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10686 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10687 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10688 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10689 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10692 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10695 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10699 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10703 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10705 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10706 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10707 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10711 case bp_watchpoint
:
10712 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10713 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10715 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10716 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10717 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10719 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10720 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10721 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10723 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10724 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10725 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10728 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10729 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10732 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10733 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10734 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10735 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10738 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10742 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10744 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10748 case bp_watchpoint
:
10749 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10750 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10752 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10755 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10756 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10759 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10760 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10764 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10767 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10771 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10773 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10774 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10775 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10781 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10783 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10785 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10786 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10789 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10791 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10793 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10794 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10797 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10798 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10801 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10803 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10805 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10806 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10809 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10810 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10813 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10815 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10817 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10820 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10821 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10824 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10829 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10830 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10832 static enum print_stop_action
10833 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10835 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10836 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10838 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10839 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10843 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10844 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10845 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10846 ui_out_field_string
10848 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10851 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10852 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10853 ui_out_field_string
10855 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10858 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10859 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10860 ui_out_field_string
10862 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10865 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10866 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10870 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10871 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10872 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10873 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10875 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10876 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10879 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10880 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10883 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10884 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10886 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10888 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10889 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10891 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10892 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10893 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10896 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10897 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10900 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10902 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10903 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10904 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10908 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10909 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10910 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10912 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10913 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10914 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10916 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10917 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10918 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10921 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10922 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10925 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10926 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10927 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10928 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10931 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10932 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10935 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10937 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10942 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10945 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10948 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10949 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10952 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10953 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10956 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10957 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10958 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10961 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10963 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10965 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10968 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10970 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10973 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10974 hw_read: watch read,
10975 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10977 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10978 int just_location
, int internal
)
10980 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10981 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10982 struct expression
*exp
;
10983 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10984 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10985 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10986 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10987 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10988 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10990 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10991 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10992 enum bptype bp_type
;
10995 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10996 the hardware watchpoint. */
10998 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10999 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11001 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11003 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11004 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11006 const char *value_start
;
11008 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11010 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11011 of the arguments string. */
11012 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11014 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11015 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11018 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11019 This is the value of the parameter. */
11020 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11022 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11024 /* Skip whitespace. */
11025 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11030 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11031 This is the parameter itself. */
11032 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11035 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11037 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11039 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11040 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11041 only in a specific thread. */
11045 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11047 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11048 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11050 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11052 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11053 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11055 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11056 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11057 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11059 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11061 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11062 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11064 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11067 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11069 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11071 mark
= value_mark ();
11072 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11073 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11074 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11077 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11080 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11081 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11088 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11089 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11091 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11092 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11093 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11094 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11095 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11097 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11098 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11100 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11103 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11104 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11108 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11109 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11111 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11114 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11115 mark
= value_mark ();
11116 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11122 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11123 val
= value_addr (result
);
11124 release_value (val
);
11125 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11129 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11132 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11133 else if (ret
== -2)
11134 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11137 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11138 release_value (val
);
11140 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11141 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11143 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11144 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11146 struct expression
*cond
;
11148 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11149 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11150 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11152 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11153 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11154 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11160 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11162 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11164 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11165 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11166 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11167 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11168 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11170 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11173 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11174 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11175 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11176 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11178 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11180 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11181 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11183 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11184 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11186 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11187 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11188 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11189 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11190 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11191 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11192 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11193 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11194 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11198 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11199 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11200 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11201 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11203 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11204 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11205 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11206 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11208 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11210 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11213 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11214 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11216 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11217 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11218 b
->thread
= thread
;
11219 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11220 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11222 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11223 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11226 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11227 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11230 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11231 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11233 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11234 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11237 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11238 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11240 /* The above expression is in C. */
11241 b
->language
= language_c
;
11244 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11248 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11257 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11259 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11263 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11264 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11268 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11269 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11272 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11274 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11275 need to act on them together. */
11276 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11277 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11280 if (!just_location
)
11281 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11283 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11285 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11286 that should be inserted. */
11287 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11291 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11292 throw_exception (e
);
11295 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11296 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11299 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11300 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11303 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11305 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11306 struct value
*head
= v
;
11308 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11309 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11312 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11313 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11314 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11315 hardware watchpoint.
11317 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11318 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11319 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11320 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11321 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11322 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11323 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11324 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11325 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11327 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11328 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11329 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11330 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11331 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11333 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11335 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11336 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11337 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11338 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11339 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11340 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11344 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11345 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11346 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11348 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11349 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11350 middle of some value chain. */
11352 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11353 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11355 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11359 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11360 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11361 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11363 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11367 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11371 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11372 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11373 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11374 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11375 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11378 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11379 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11380 return found_memory_cnt
;
11384 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11386 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11389 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11390 calls watch_command_1. */
11393 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11395 int just_location
= 0;
11398 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11399 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11401 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11405 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11409 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11411 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11415 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11417 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11421 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11423 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11427 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11429 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11433 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11435 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11439 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11440 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11442 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11444 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11445 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11449 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11450 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11451 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11454 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11456 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11458 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11459 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11460 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11461 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11465 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11467 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11468 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11469 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11470 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11471 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11472 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11473 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11474 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11475 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11477 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11479 clear_proceed_status ();
11481 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11484 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11485 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11486 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11487 get_last_displayed_line ());
11489 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11490 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11492 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11493 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11495 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11496 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11499 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11501 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11503 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11506 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11508 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11509 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11510 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11513 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11514 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11515 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11516 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11518 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11521 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11523 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11525 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11526 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11527 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11531 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11533 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11534 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11537 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11541 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11542 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11543 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11544 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11546 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11547 only at the very same frame. */
11548 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11549 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11550 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11552 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11554 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11555 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11556 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11557 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11559 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11561 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11562 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11564 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11565 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11566 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11568 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11569 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11570 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11574 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11577 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11578 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11580 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11581 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11582 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11583 if clause in the arg string. */
11586 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11590 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11593 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11596 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11597 condition string. */
11598 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11599 cond_string
= *arg
;
11601 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11603 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11605 return cond_string
;
11608 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11609 process start/exit, etc. */
11613 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11614 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11619 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11620 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11622 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11623 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11624 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11627 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11628 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11629 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11633 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11635 /* The allowed syntax is:
11637 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11639 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11640 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11642 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11643 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11645 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11646 and enable reporting of such events. */
11649 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11650 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11651 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11652 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11654 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11655 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11656 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11657 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11660 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11666 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11667 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11669 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11670 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11672 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11674 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11678 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11680 /* The allowed syntax is:
11682 catch exec if <cond>
11684 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11685 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11687 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11688 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11690 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11691 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11692 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11693 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11695 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11699 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11700 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11701 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11703 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11710 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11712 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11714 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11715 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11716 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11717 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11718 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11719 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11720 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11721 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11722 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11723 enough for now, though. */
11726 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11728 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11729 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11730 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11731 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11734 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11735 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11737 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11739 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11740 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11742 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11744 int i
, syscall_number
;
11746 char cur_name
[128];
11749 /* Skip whitespace. */
11750 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11752 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11753 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11754 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11757 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11758 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11759 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11760 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11763 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11765 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11767 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11768 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11769 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11770 syscall number to be caught. */
11771 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11774 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11775 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11778 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11782 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11785 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11786 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11791 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11793 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11794 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11795 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11796 this architecture yet."));
11798 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11800 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11802 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11803 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11804 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11805 for his/her architecture. */
11806 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11808 /* The allowed syntax is:
11810 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11812 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11815 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11819 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11820 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11824 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11826 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11831 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11833 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11836 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11839 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11841 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11842 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11843 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11844 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11846 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11848 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11851 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11855 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11858 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11861 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11863 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11864 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11867 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11868 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11870 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11874 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11875 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11876 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11877 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11882 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11883 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11884 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11885 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11887 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11888 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11889 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11890 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11891 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11892 error (_("No source file specified."));
11894 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11900 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11901 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11902 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11903 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11905 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11906 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11907 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11908 due to optimization, all in one block.
11910 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11911 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11912 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11913 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11914 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11915 to support that. */
11917 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11918 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11919 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11923 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11924 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11926 const char *sal_fullname
;
11928 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11929 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11930 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11933 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11938 1 0 <can't happen> */
11940 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11941 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11942 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11944 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11948 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11949 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11951 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11952 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11954 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11955 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11956 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11958 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11959 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11960 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11961 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11962 int line_match
= 0;
11964 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11965 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11966 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11967 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11968 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11969 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11970 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11973 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11982 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11986 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11987 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11990 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11992 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11995 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11996 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11997 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11998 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11999 compare_breakpoints
);
12000 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12001 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12005 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12010 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12011 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12014 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12015 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12017 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12020 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12023 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12024 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12027 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12029 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12032 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12033 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12034 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12037 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12039 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12041 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12042 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12043 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12045 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12049 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12050 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12054 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12055 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12056 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12057 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12058 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12059 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12062 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12064 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12065 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12066 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12067 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12068 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12070 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12071 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12073 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12074 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12077 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12078 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12079 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12081 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12082 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12083 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12085 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12086 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12087 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12089 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12090 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12091 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12093 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12096 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12097 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12098 content of the bp_location array. */
12101 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12103 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12105 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12106 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12110 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12112 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12115 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12116 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12118 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12119 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12120 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12121 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12123 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12125 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12126 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12127 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12128 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12132 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12135 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12137 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12138 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12140 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12143 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12145 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12147 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12148 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12149 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12151 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12152 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12153 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12156 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12158 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12159 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12160 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12161 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12164 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12166 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12169 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12171 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12172 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12173 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12174 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12177 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12180 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12183 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12185 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12186 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12187 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12188 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12190 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12191 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12192 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12193 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12194 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12196 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12197 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12198 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12199 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12200 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12201 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12202 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12203 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12206 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12207 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12208 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12212 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12214 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12215 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12216 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12219 address
= bl
->address
;
12220 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12222 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12223 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12224 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12226 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12227 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12230 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12231 the same program space as the location
12232 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12233 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12234 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12238 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12239 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12242 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12243 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12244 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12245 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12246 that have already been marked. */
12247 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12249 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12251 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12253 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12254 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12259 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12260 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12261 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12262 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12263 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12264 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12265 returns true on them.
12267 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12268 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12269 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12270 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12271 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12272 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12275 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12277 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12278 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12279 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12280 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12281 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12282 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12283 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12285 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12286 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12287 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12288 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12289 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12291 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12292 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12293 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12294 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12296 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12297 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12298 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12299 unsigned old_location_count
;
12301 old_location
= bp_location
;
12302 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12303 bp_location
= NULL
;
12304 bp_location_count
= 0;
12305 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12307 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12308 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12309 bp_location_count
++;
12311 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12312 locp
= bp_location
;
12313 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12314 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12316 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12317 bp_location_compare
);
12319 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12321 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12322 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12323 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12324 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12325 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12328 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12329 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12331 locp
= bp_location
;
12332 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12335 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12336 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12338 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12339 not, we have to free it. */
12340 int found_object
= 0;
12341 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12342 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12345 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12346 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12347 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12348 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12352 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12353 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12356 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12357 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12358 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12360 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12361 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12362 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12364 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12365 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12368 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12372 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12373 have to go through updates again. */
12374 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12376 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12378 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12380 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12381 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12382 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12383 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12384 at certain location is not inserted. */
12386 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12388 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12391 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12393 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12394 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12395 keep_in_target
= 1;
12399 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12400 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12401 remove its target-side condition. */
12403 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12404 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12405 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12406 this one from the target. */
12408 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12409 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12412 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12413 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12416 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12418 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12420 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12421 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12422 supported, but the latter are. */
12423 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12425 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12426 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12429 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12430 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12432 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12433 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12435 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12436 keep_in_target
= 1;
12444 if (!keep_in_target
)
12446 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12448 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12449 this location on the global list, and try to
12450 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12451 reason why we will succeed next time.
12453 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12454 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12455 only after calling us. */
12456 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12457 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12458 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12466 if (removed
&& non_stop
12467 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12468 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12470 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12471 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12472 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12473 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12474 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12475 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12476 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12477 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12478 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12479 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12480 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12481 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12482 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12483 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12486 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12487 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12489 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12490 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12491 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12492 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12493 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12494 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12495 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12496 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12497 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12498 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12499 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12500 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12501 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12504 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12505 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12506 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12507 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12509 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12510 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12511 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12512 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12513 traps we can no longer explain. */
12515 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12516 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12518 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12522 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12523 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12528 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12529 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12530 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12531 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12532 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12533 are sorted first for the same address.
12535 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12536 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12538 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12539 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12540 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12541 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12544 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12546 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12549 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12550 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12551 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12552 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12553 `struct bp_location'. */
12554 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12556 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12557 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12561 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12562 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12563 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12564 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12565 "actually inserted"));
12567 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12568 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12569 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12570 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12571 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12572 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12574 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12576 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12577 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12578 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12580 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12581 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12583 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12585 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12586 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12587 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12593 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12594 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12595 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12597 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12598 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12600 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12601 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12603 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12604 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12605 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12606 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12607 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12610 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12611 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12612 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12615 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12618 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12619 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12620 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12622 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12627 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12629 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12633 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12635 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12638 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12639 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12641 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12642 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12648 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12650 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12652 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12653 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12656 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12659 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12663 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12664 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12666 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12667 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12668 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12672 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12674 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12676 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12678 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12682 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12686 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12688 struct value_print_options opts
;
12690 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12692 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12694 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12696 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12700 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12702 printf_filtered (" at ");
12703 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12706 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12708 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12710 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12711 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12712 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12713 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12715 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12716 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12717 real situation somewhat. */
12718 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12723 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12725 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12727 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12732 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12735 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12737 xfree (self
->cond
);
12738 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12739 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12740 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12742 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12743 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12746 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12751 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12755 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12757 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12758 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12759 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12760 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12761 xfree (self
->filter
);
12762 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12765 static struct bp_location
*
12766 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12768 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12770 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12771 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12776 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12778 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12781 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12782 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12785 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12787 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12791 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12793 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12797 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12798 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12800 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12802 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12806 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12811 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12815 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12817 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12820 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12824 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12826 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12829 static enum print_stop_action
12830 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12832 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12836 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12837 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12843 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12845 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12849 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12851 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12855 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12856 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12857 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12861 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12865 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12866 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12868 char *extra_string
,
12869 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12870 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12872 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12873 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12874 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12875 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12877 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12881 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12882 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12884 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12887 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12890 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12895 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12898 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12900 /* Nothing to do. */
12903 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12905 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12906 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12907 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12908 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12909 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12910 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12911 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12912 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12913 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12914 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12916 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12917 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12918 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12919 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12920 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12921 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12922 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12923 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12926 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12929 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12931 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12932 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12934 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12935 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12939 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12943 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12945 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12946 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12949 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12954 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12956 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12957 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12959 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12963 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12964 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12965 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12967 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12968 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12971 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12975 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12976 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12977 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12984 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12986 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12991 static enum print_stop_action
12992 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12994 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12995 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12997 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12999 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13001 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13002 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13004 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13005 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13006 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13009 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13011 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13013 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13014 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13016 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13017 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13018 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13020 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13021 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13023 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13027 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13029 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13034 case bp_breakpoint
:
13035 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13036 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13037 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13039 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13040 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13041 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13042 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13044 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13045 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13048 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13056 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13058 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13059 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13060 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13061 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13062 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13063 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13064 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13065 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13066 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13068 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13069 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13071 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13072 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13076 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13077 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13078 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13079 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13081 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13082 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13086 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13087 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13089 char *extra_string
,
13090 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13091 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13093 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13094 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13095 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13096 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13098 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13099 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13101 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13102 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13103 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13107 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13108 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13110 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13113 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13116 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13120 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13121 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13122 case bp_overlay_event
:
13123 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13124 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13125 case bp_exception_master
:
13126 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13129 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13130 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13131 case bp_shlib_event
:
13133 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13134 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13135 case bp_thread_event
:
13141 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13143 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13145 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13146 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13147 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13148 objects (among other things). */
13149 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13150 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13156 static enum print_stop_action
13157 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13159 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13161 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13165 case bp_shlib_event
:
13166 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13167 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13168 to shlib event" message.) */
13169 print_solib_event (0);
13172 case bp_thread_event
:
13173 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13174 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13175 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13178 case bp_overlay_event
:
13179 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13180 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13183 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13184 /* These should never be enabled. */
13185 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13188 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13189 /* These should never be enabled. */
13190 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13191 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13194 case bp_exception_master
:
13195 /* These should never be enabled. */
13196 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13197 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13201 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13205 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13207 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13210 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13213 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13215 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13216 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13217 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13218 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13222 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13224 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13227 static enum print_stop_action
13228 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13230 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13232 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13234 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13239 ui_out_field_string
13241 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13245 ui_out_field_string
13247 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13252 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13256 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13258 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13261 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13263 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13264 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13267 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13269 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13272 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13274 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13277 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13280 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13282 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13286 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13288 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13295 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13297 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13298 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13300 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13304 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13305 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13306 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13307 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13309 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13311 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13313 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13314 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13316 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13320 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13321 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13323 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13325 error (_("probe not found"));
13328 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13331 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13333 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13337 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13338 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13339 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13341 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13347 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13348 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13350 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13351 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13353 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13355 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13356 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13357 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13358 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13363 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13370 case bp_tracepoint
:
13371 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13372 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13374 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13375 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13376 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13378 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13379 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13380 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13383 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13384 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13391 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13393 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13395 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13396 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13397 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13399 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13400 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13402 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13403 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13405 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13406 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13408 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13409 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13413 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13414 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13415 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13416 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13418 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13419 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13423 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13424 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13426 char *extra_string
,
13427 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13428 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13430 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13431 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13432 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13433 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13435 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13436 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13438 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13439 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13440 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13444 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13445 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13447 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13450 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13452 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13456 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13457 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13458 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13459 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13461 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13462 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13463 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13467 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13468 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13470 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13471 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13474 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13476 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13479 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13481 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13483 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13484 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13485 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13486 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13488 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13489 error (_("Format string required"));
13491 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13492 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13493 3 - disconnect from target 1
13494 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13496 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13497 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13498 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13499 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13500 it all the time. */
13501 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13502 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13505 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13508 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13512 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13515 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13518 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13519 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13520 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13521 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13522 address are all handled. */
13525 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13527 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13528 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13529 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13531 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13532 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13533 condition not be evaluated. */
13536 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13537 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13538 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13539 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13540 commands here throws. */
13541 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13542 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13543 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13545 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13547 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13548 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13550 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13553 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13557 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13558 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13559 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13560 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13562 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13564 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13566 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13568 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13569 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13570 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13574 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13575 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13577 char *extra_string
,
13578 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13579 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13581 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13582 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13583 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13584 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13587 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13588 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13590 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13591 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13592 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13593 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13594 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13595 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13597 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13599 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13600 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13601 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13604 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13605 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13607 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13608 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13610 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13611 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13613 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13614 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13615 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13616 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13617 canonical
->special_display
);
13618 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13619 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13620 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13621 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13622 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13623 corresponds to this one */
13624 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13626 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13628 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13633 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13634 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13636 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13638 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13639 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13641 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13645 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13648 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13651 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13653 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13656 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13660 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13662 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13664 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13666 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13667 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13670 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13671 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13672 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13673 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13674 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13677 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13678 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13679 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13680 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13682 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13685 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13686 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13687 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13689 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13690 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13692 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13693 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13694 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13695 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13699 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13701 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13702 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13703 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13704 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13705 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13708 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13709 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13710 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13711 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13713 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13715 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13716 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13719 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13721 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13725 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13727 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13728 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13729 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13730 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13731 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13732 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13733 commands won't work. */
13735 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13737 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13738 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13739 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13740 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13741 might be better design to have location completely
13742 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13743 update_global_location_list (0);
13745 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13746 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13747 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13748 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13753 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13755 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13759 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13761 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13764 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13765 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13768 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13769 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13773 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13778 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13780 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13781 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13783 if (next
== related
)
13785 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13786 function (related
, data
);
13788 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13789 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13794 function (related
, data
);
13798 while (related
!= b
);
13802 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13804 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13807 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13808 delete_breakpoint. */
13811 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13813 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13817 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13819 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13825 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13827 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13828 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13829 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13830 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13831 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13833 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13837 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13839 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13841 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13842 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13843 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13847 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13851 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13853 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13854 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13855 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13860 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13861 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13862 Null names are ignored. */
13865 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13867 struct bp_location
*l
;
13868 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13869 (int (*) (const void *,
13870 const void *)) streq
,
13871 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13873 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13876 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13878 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13882 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13884 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13888 htab_delete (htab
);
13894 htab_delete (htab
);
13898 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13899 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13900 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13901 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13902 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13903 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13904 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13905 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13908 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13909 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13910 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13911 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13912 in the sources, and output a warning.
13914 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13915 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13916 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13917 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13918 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13921 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13922 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13923 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13924 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13925 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13926 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13927 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13928 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13929 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13931 static struct symtab_and_line
13932 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13934 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13935 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13940 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13942 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13944 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13945 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13947 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13949 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13950 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13951 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13956 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13958 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13960 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13961 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13963 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13966 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13968 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13970 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13971 struct symbol
*sym
;
13972 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13973 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13975 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13977 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13978 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13980 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13981 "found at previous line number"),
13982 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13986 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13988 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13989 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13990 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13993 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13994 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13995 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13997 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13998 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13999 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14001 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14003 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14005 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14008 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14009 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14011 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14012 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14014 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14015 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14016 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14017 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14019 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14022 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14028 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14029 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14032 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14036 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14039 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14042 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14049 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14055 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14056 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14057 a ranged breakpoint. */
14060 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14061 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14062 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14065 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14067 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14069 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14071 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14072 update_global_location_list (1);
14073 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14074 "multiple locations found\n"),
14079 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14080 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14081 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14082 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14083 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14084 individual locations. */
14085 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14090 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14092 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14094 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14096 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14098 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14100 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14103 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14105 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14106 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14108 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14109 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14114 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14115 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14116 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14117 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14121 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14123 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14125 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14129 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14130 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14131 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14133 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14136 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14137 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14138 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14139 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14140 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14141 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14142 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14144 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14146 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14148 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14149 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14151 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14152 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14160 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14161 if (l
->function_name
14162 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14172 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14173 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14175 update_global_location_list (1);
14178 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14179 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14181 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14182 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14185 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14186 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14188 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14191 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14193 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14197 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14198 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14199 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14200 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14201 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14202 state, then user already saw the message about that
14203 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14205 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14206 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14207 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14208 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14209 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14210 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14212 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14214 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14215 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14216 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14217 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14218 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14219 which approach is better. */
14220 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14221 throw_exception (e
);
14225 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14229 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14230 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14231 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14233 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14236 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14237 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14240 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14241 b
->thread
= thread
;
14244 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14245 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14248 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14249 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14259 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14260 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14264 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14267 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14268 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14269 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14271 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14274 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14278 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14280 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14283 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14284 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14288 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14291 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14292 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14295 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14296 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14297 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14298 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14300 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14303 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14304 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14308 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14309 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14311 char *extra_string
,
14312 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14313 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14315 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14316 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14317 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14318 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14320 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14322 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14323 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14324 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14327 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14328 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14331 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14332 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14334 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14336 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14337 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14338 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14339 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14342 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14343 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14345 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14347 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14349 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14350 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14351 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14353 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14356 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14359 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14361 static struct cleanup
*
14362 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14364 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14366 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14367 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14368 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14369 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14370 set_language (b
->language
);
14375 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14376 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14377 Unused in this case. */
14380 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14382 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14383 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14384 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14386 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14387 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14388 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14392 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14394 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14396 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14397 enum language save_language
;
14398 int save_input_radix
;
14399 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14401 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14402 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14403 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14405 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14407 /* Format possible error msg. */
14408 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14410 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14411 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14412 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14414 set_language (save_language
);
14415 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14417 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14419 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14421 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14422 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14423 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14424 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14427 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14429 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14430 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14432 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14434 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14436 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14437 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14439 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14440 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14441 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14443 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14447 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14448 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14449 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14452 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14454 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14459 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14460 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14462 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14464 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14465 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14470 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14474 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14475 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14477 else if (count
== 1)
14478 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14481 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14482 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14485 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14489 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14492 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14495 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14501 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14503 num
= get_number (&p
);
14505 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14507 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14509 set_ignore_count (num
,
14510 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14513 printf_filtered ("\n");
14516 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14517 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14520 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14525 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14527 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14530 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14532 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14534 while (!state
.finished
)
14536 char *p
= state
.string
;
14540 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14543 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14547 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14548 if (b
->number
== num
)
14551 function (b
, data
);
14555 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14560 static struct bp_location
*
14561 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14563 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14567 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14568 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14573 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14575 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14577 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14578 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14583 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14584 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14587 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14589 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14593 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14596 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14602 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14603 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14604 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14607 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14609 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14610 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14611 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14612 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14615 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14616 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14619 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14621 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14622 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14624 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14625 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14627 struct bp_location
*location
;
14629 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14630 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14633 update_global_location_list (0);
14635 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14638 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14641 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14643 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14646 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14647 disable_breakpoint. */
14650 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14652 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14656 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14660 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14663 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14664 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14668 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14672 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14674 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14681 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14683 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14684 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14685 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14686 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14688 update_global_location_list (0);
14691 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14692 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14698 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14701 int target_resources_ok
;
14703 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14706 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14707 target_resources_ok
=
14708 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14710 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14711 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14712 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14713 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14716 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14718 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14719 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14720 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14722 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14724 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14726 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14727 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14728 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14732 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14733 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14739 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14740 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14742 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14744 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14745 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14747 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14748 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14750 struct bp_location
*location
;
14752 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14753 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14756 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14757 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14758 update_global_location_list (1);
14760 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14765 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14767 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14771 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14773 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14776 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14777 enable_breakpoint. */
14780 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14782 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14785 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14786 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14787 in stopping the inferior. */
14790 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14794 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14797 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14798 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14802 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14806 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14808 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14815 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14817 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14818 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14819 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14820 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14822 update_global_location_list (1);
14825 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14826 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14831 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14841 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14843 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14845 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14849 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14851 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14853 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14857 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14859 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14863 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14865 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14867 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14871 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14873 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14875 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14879 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14881 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14883 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14887 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14889 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14893 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14898 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14902 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14903 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14907 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14908 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14909 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14911 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14913 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14914 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14915 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14917 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14919 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14921 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14923 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14924 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14925 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14926 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14928 value_free (wp
->val
);
14936 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14937 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14938 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14939 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14943 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14944 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14946 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14948 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14950 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14951 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14953 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14955 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14963 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14964 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14967 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14969 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14972 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14978 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14981 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14982 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14984 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14987 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14988 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14993 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14995 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14996 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
15000 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
15001 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
15002 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
15005 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15006 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15007 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15008 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15009 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15010 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15012 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
15013 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
15014 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15015 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
15018 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15019 were inserted or not. */
15022 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15024 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
15025 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
15028 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15031 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15033 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
15035 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15037 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
15038 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
15039 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
15040 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
15042 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
15044 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
15045 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
15046 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
15047 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
15051 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15052 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15053 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15057 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15061 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15062 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15064 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15065 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
15066 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15070 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15074 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15078 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15079 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15080 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15081 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15084 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15088 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15093 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15095 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15097 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15098 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15106 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15107 non-zero otherwise. */
15109 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15111 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15112 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15113 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15120 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15122 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15123 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15125 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15129 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15131 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15133 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15134 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15136 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15138 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15142 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15144 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15154 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15155 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15156 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15157 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15159 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15160 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15161 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15167 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15169 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15171 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15173 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15174 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15178 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15180 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15181 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15183 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15184 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15186 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15188 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15190 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15192 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15193 0 /* Ignore count */,
15194 pending_break_support
,
15198 0 /* internal */, 0);
15202 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15204 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15206 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15208 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15209 0 /* Ignore count */,
15210 pending_break_support
,
15211 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15214 0 /* internal */, 0);
15217 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15220 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15222 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15224 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15225 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15226 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15227 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15229 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15231 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15233 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15235 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15236 0 /* Ignore count */,
15237 pending_break_support
,
15241 0 /* internal */, 0);
15244 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15245 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15247 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15248 static int next_cmd
;
15251 read_uploaded_action (void)
15255 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15262 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15263 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15264 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15265 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15266 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15268 struct tracepoint
*
15269 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15271 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15272 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15274 if (utp
->at_string
)
15275 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15278 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15279 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15280 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15282 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15283 "source location, using raw address"),
15285 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15286 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15289 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15290 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15291 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15292 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15295 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15297 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15298 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15300 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15301 0 /* Ignore count */,
15302 pending_break_support
,
15303 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15305 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15307 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15310 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15311 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15312 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15316 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15319 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15322 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15323 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15324 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15326 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15328 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15333 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15335 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15337 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15338 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15339 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15340 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15343 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15344 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15345 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15350 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15354 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15356 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15359 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15361 if (num_printed
== 0)
15363 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15364 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15366 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15369 default_collect_info ();
15372 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15373 Not supported by all targets. */
15375 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15377 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15380 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15381 Not supported by all targets. */
15383 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15385 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15388 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15390 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15392 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15398 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15400 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15401 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15402 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15404 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15405 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15407 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15411 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15413 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15415 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15416 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15417 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15421 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15424 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15427 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15429 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15430 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15432 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15433 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15436 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15438 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15439 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15440 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15443 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15445 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15446 unsigned int count
;
15448 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15449 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15450 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15452 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15454 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15455 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15457 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15459 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15461 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15463 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15465 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15466 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15469 else if (*args
== '\0')
15471 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15473 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15477 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15479 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15480 while (!state
.finished
)
15482 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15484 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15489 struct tracepoint
*
15490 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15492 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15494 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15495 if (t
->number
== num
)
15496 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15501 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15502 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15505 struct tracepoint
*
15506 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15508 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15510 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15512 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15514 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15521 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15522 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15523 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15524 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15525 struct tracepoint
*
15526 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15527 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15530 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15532 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15536 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15537 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15539 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15542 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15544 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15547 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15551 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15552 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15555 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15556 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15560 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15561 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15563 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15566 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15571 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15573 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15574 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15579 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15582 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15583 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15584 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15588 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15589 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15591 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15593 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15594 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15595 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15597 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15598 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15600 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15603 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15604 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15607 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15608 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15613 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15615 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15617 /* We can stop searching. */
15624 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15628 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15629 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15630 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15632 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15633 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15634 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15636 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15637 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15639 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15641 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15642 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15645 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15646 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15649 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15651 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15652 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15655 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15656 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15658 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15659 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15661 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15663 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15665 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15667 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15668 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15670 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15672 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15675 throw_exception (ex
);
15677 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15680 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15681 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15683 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15684 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15685 special, and not user visible. */
15686 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15688 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15691 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15693 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15697 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15698 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15701 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15702 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15705 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15708 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15710 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15713 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15716 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15718 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15721 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15723 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15724 all_tracepoints (void)
15726 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15727 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15729 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15731 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15738 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15739 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15740 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15742 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15743 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15744 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15745 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15746 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15747 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15748 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15749 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15750 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15751 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15752 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15754 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15755 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15757 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15758 conditions are different.\n\
15760 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15762 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15763 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15765 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15766 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15769 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15770 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15771 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15772 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15773 void *user_data_catch
,
15774 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15776 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15778 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15780 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15781 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15782 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15784 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15786 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15787 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15788 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15792 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15794 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15795 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15797 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15798 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15799 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15803 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15805 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15806 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15807 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15810 struct breakpoint
*
15811 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15814 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15816 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15818 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15825 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15826 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15829 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15831 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15832 non-inline function. */
15833 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15839 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15840 have been inlined. */
15843 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15844 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15846 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15847 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15851 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15854 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15856 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15857 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15865 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15868 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15870 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15872 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15873 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15874 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15878 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15880 static int initialized
= 0;
15882 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15888 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15889 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15890 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15891 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15892 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15893 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15894 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15895 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15896 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15897 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15898 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15899 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15901 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15902 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15903 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15904 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15905 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15906 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15907 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15908 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15910 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15911 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15912 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15913 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15914 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15915 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15916 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15917 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15918 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15919 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15921 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15922 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15923 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15924 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15925 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15926 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15927 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15929 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15930 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15931 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15932 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15933 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15934 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15935 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15937 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15938 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15939 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15940 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15942 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15943 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15944 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15945 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15946 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15947 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15948 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15951 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15952 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15953 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15954 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15955 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15956 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15957 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15958 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15959 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15960 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15961 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15962 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15963 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15964 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15966 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15967 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15968 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15969 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15970 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15971 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15972 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15973 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15974 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15975 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15976 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15979 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15980 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15981 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15982 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15983 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15984 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15985 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15986 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15987 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15988 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15990 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15991 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15992 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15993 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15994 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15996 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15997 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15998 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15999 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16000 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16001 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16003 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16004 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16005 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16006 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16007 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16008 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16009 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16010 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16011 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16012 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16014 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16015 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16016 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16017 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16018 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16019 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16020 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16021 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16022 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16023 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16025 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16026 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16027 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16028 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16029 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16030 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16031 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16032 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16033 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16034 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16035 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16037 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16038 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16039 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16040 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16041 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16042 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16043 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16044 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16045 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16046 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16047 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16049 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16050 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16051 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16052 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16053 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16054 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16055 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16056 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16057 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16058 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16059 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16060 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16062 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16063 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16064 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16065 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16066 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16067 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16068 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16069 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16072 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16074 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16077 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16079 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16081 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16083 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16084 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16085 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16086 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16088 breakpoint_objfile_key
16089 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16091 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16092 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16093 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16095 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16096 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16097 before a breakpoint is set. */
16098 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16100 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16102 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16103 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16104 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16106 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16108 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16109 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16110 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16111 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16112 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16113 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16114 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16115 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16117 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16118 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16119 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16120 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16121 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16123 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16124 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16125 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16126 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16127 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16129 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16130 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16132 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16133 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16134 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16135 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16137 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16138 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16140 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16141 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16142 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16143 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16145 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16146 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16148 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16149 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16150 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16151 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16152 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16153 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16154 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16156 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16157 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16158 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16159 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16160 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16161 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16163 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16165 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16166 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16167 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16168 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16169 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16170 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16172 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16173 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16174 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16177 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16178 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16179 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16182 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16183 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16184 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16185 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16188 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16189 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16190 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16193 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16194 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16195 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16198 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16199 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16200 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16201 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16204 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16205 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16206 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16207 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16208 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16209 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16210 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16211 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16213 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16214 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16215 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16216 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16217 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16219 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16220 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16221 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16222 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16223 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16224 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16227 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16228 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16229 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16230 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16232 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16233 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16234 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16235 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16236 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16238 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16239 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16240 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16241 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16243 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16244 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16245 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16246 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16247 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16250 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16251 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16252 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16253 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16254 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16255 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16257 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16258 is executing in.\n\
16260 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16261 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16263 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16264 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16265 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16266 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16268 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16269 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16270 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16271 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16274 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16278 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16279 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16280 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16281 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16282 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16283 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16284 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16285 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16286 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16287 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16288 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16289 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16290 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16291 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16292 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16293 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16295 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16296 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16297 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16298 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16299 breakpoint set."));
16302 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16303 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16304 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16305 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16306 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16307 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16308 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16309 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16310 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16312 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16313 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16314 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16315 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16316 breakpoint set."));
16318 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16321 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16322 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16323 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16324 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16325 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16326 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16327 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16328 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16329 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16331 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16332 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16333 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16334 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16335 breakpoint set."));
16337 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16338 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16339 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16340 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16341 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16342 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16343 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16344 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16345 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16346 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16347 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16348 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16349 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16351 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16352 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16353 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16354 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16356 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16358 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16359 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16360 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16361 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16363 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16364 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16365 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16366 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16368 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16369 catch_fork_command_1
,
16371 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16372 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16373 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16374 catch_fork_command_1
,
16376 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16377 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16378 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16379 catch_exec_command_1
,
16383 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16384 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16385 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16386 catch_load_command_1
,
16390 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16391 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16392 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16393 catch_unload_command_1
,
16397 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16398 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16399 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16400 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16401 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16402 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16403 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16404 catch_syscall_completer
,
16408 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16409 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16410 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16411 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16412 an expression changes.\n\
16413 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16414 the memory to which it refers."));
16415 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16417 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16418 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16419 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16420 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16421 an expression is read.\n\
16422 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16423 the memory to which it refers."));
16424 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16426 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16427 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16428 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16429 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16430 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16431 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16432 the memory to which it refers."));
16433 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16435 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16436 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16438 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16439 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16440 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16441 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16442 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16443 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16444 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16445 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16446 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16449 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16450 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16452 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16454 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16456 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16457 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16459 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16460 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16461 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16463 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16464 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16465 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16466 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16468 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16469 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16471 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16472 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16473 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16475 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16476 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16478 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16479 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16480 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16481 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16482 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16483 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16484 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16485 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16486 the selected stack frame.\n\
16487 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16488 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16489 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16490 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16492 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16494 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16495 conditions are different.\n\
16497 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16498 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16499 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16501 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16502 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16503 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16504 last tracepoint set."));
16506 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16508 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16509 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16510 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16511 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16513 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16515 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16516 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16517 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16518 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16520 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16522 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16523 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16524 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16525 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16527 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16529 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16530 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16531 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16532 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16533 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16535 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16536 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16537 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16538 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16540 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16541 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16542 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16543 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16544 session to restore them."),
16546 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16548 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16549 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16550 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16552 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16554 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16555 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16557 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16558 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16559 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16560 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16561 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16562 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16563 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16564 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16565 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16566 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16567 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16568 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16570 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16571 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16572 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16573 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16574 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16575 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16576 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16577 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16579 show_pending_break_support
,
16580 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16581 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16583 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16585 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16586 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16587 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16588 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16589 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16590 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16591 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16593 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16594 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16595 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16597 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16598 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16599 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16600 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16601 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16602 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16603 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16604 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16605 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16606 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16607 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16608 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16610 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16611 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16612 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16614 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16615 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16616 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16617 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16618 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16619 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16620 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16621 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16622 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16623 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16624 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16625 be set to \"gdb\""),
16626 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16627 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16628 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16629 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16631 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16632 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16633 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16634 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16635 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16636 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16637 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16638 or the start of the range\n\
16639 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16640 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16641 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16643 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16644 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16645 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16647 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16648 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16649 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16650 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16651 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16652 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16653 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16655 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16656 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16657 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16658 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16659 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16660 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16661 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16662 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16663 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16664 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16665 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16666 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16668 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16669 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16670 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16671 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16672 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16673 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16674 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16676 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16677 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16678 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16679 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16680 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16681 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16682 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16684 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16685 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16686 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16687 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16688 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16689 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16692 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16694 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16695 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16696 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16698 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16700 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16701 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);